ifornia  •"••— — — — — —-«——«-—----•••••• 

ityal       ESPERANTO 

[THE  UNIVERSAL  LANGUAGE] 

THE  STUDENT'S 

COMPLETE  TEXT  BOOK 

Containing    Full    Grammar,    Exercises, 

Conversations,  Commercial  Letters, 

and   Two    Vocabularies 


COMPILED  BY 


j,  C.  O'CONNOR,  B.A. 


New  YORK  CHICAGO  TORONTO 

FLEMING  H.  REVELL  COMPANY 

LONDON    AND    EDINBURGH 


THE     STANDARD     SERIES 

ESPERANTO 

[THE  UNIVERSAL  LANGUAGE] 

THE  STUDENT'S 

COMPLETE  TEXT   BOOK 

Containing    Full    Grammar,    Exercises, 

Conversations,  Commercial  Letters, 

and    Two    Vocabularies 

COMPILED   BY 

J.  C.  O'CONNOR,  B.A. 

EDITION  OF  1907,  REVISED 


NEW  YORK  CHICAGO  TORONTO 

FLEMING   H.    REVELL  COMPANY 

LONDON    AND    EDINBURGH 


Copyright,  1903,  by 
FLEMING  H.  REVELL  COMPANY 


Entered  at  Stationers'  Hall 
All  Rights  Reserved 


New  York:  158  Fifth  Avenue 
Chicago:  63  Washington  Street 
Toronto  :  27  Richmond  Street,  W 
London :  21  Paternoster  Square 
Edinburgh:  '^3  St.  Mary  Street 


CONTENTS 


PAGE. 

EDITOR'S  PREFACE         5 

THE  MAKING  OF  AN  INTERNATIONAL   LANGUAGE. 

By  Dr.  Zamenhof         7 

ADVICE  TO  THE  STUDENT       21 

SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  GRAMMAR  OF  ESPERANTO        ...    23 

PART      I.— THE  GRAMMAR 24 

List  of  Correlative  Words         42 

How  to  Build  Up  New  Words 44 

PART    II. — EXERCISES  ON  THE  GRAMMAR          ...    49 
Exercises  on  Correlative  Words         ...    81 

PART  III.— CONVERSATIONS 88 

PART  IV. — LETTERS,  COMMERCIAL,  ETC 108 

A  FEW  IDIOMATIC  PHRASES Ill 

PART    V.— VOCABULARIES:— 

(1).  English-Esperanto 114 

(2).  Esperanto-English 141 

APPENDIX. — NAMES  OF  COUNTRIES,  FOODS,  ETC.  167 


2210306 


Preface  to  the  Revised  Edition 

THIS  revised  edition  of  my  Grammar  of  the 
Auxiliary  International  Language,  u  Esperanto  " 
— the  first  published  for  English  readers— has  had 
the  great  advantage  of  the  personal  supervision 
and  official  approval  of  the  founder,  Dr.  Zamen- 
hof. 

That  it  has  been  prepared  to  supply  a  want  is 
not  a  mere  fagon  de  parler.  Prior  to  the  appear- 
ance of  the  first  edition  hundreds  of  inquirers, 
from  most  widely  separated  sections  at  home  and 
abroad  had  written  urgently  requesting  a  gram- 
mar suitable  for  English  students.  These  inquir- 
ers, for  the  most  part,  came  to  know  of  the  exist- 
ence of  "Esperanto"  through  the  medium  of 
pamphlets,  leaflets,  letters  in  the  public  Press, 
etc.,  which  could  give,  of  necessity,  only  the 
merest  idea  and  outline  of  the  language. 

In  compiling  a  book  to  meet  this  demand  my 
chief  desire  and  aim  has  been  to  prepare  a  Gram- 
mar, which,  while  being  complete  in  all  its  parts 
and  containing  everything  that  is  necessary  for  a 
sound  knowledge  of  the  language,  should  be 
brief,  clear,  full,  but  not  redundant. 

To  the  following  gentlemen  I  return  my  best 
thanks  for  their  exceeding  great  kindness  and 
cordial  co-operation  : — Monsieur  L.  de  Beaufront, 
President  of  the  Committee  of  Direction  (for  Es- 


6  PEEFACE 

peranto)  in  France,  who  has  written  the  "Con- 
versations," l  etc.,  in  Section  II.  ;  The  Honour- 
able B.  H.  Geoghegan,  to  whom,  in  great  meas- 
ure, I  am  indebted  for  the  chapter  on  the  Parti- 
ciple ;  Mr.  Joseph  Rhodes,  F.  J.S.,  President  of 
the  Esperanto  Society,  Keighley,  Yorks  (the  first 
society  established  for  the  study  of  the  language 
in  England),  who,  despite  his  many  literary 
duties,  has  given  me  valuable  assistance  in  re- 
vising this  new  edition  ;  to  Monsieur  P.  A  hi  berg, 
President  of  the  Esperanto  Society,  Stockholm, 
to  whom  I  am  indebted  for  the  greater  number  of 
the  Commercial  letters  in  Section  III.  ;  and  to 
Mr.  Charles  Hayes,  Wandsworth,  who  also  has 
given  me  valuable  assistance  in  preparing  this 
Grammar  for  publication. 

J.  C.  O'CONNOR,  M.A. 

17,  St.  Stephen's  Square,  Bayswater,  W. 


1  These  dialogues  originally  appeared  in  L? Esp'erantiste 
from  the  pen  of  Monsieur  de  Beaufront.  This  is  a  monthly 
journal,  printed  in  French  and  Esperanto,  and  published  in 
Paris.  To  all  desirous  of  perfecting  themselves  in  the  language 
it  will  prove  a  most  valuable  aid.  It  can  be  had  by  applying 
to  the  Secretary,  Esperanto  Society,  10,  Place  de  la  Bourse, 
Paris. 


THE    MAKING    OF    AN     INTERNATIONAL 
LANGUAGE. 

[By    DR.    ZAMENHOF.] 

From  the  "  FUNDAMENTA  KRESTOMATIO,"  which  every 
Esperantisl  should  read. 


If  the  reader  should  take  up  this  little  work 
with  an  incredulous  smile,  supposing  that  he  is  about 
to  peruse  the  impracticable  schemes  of  some  good 
citizen  of  Utopia,  I  would  in  the  first  place  beg  of 
him  to  lay  aside  all  prejudice,  and  treat  seriously  and 
critically  the  question  brought  before  him. 

I  need  not  here  point  out  the  considerable  impor- 
tance to  humanity  of  an  international  language — a 
language  unconditionally  accepted  by  everyone,  and 
the  common  property  of  the  whole  world.  How  much 
time  and  labour  we  spend  in  learning  foreign  tongues, 
and  yet  when  travelling  in  foreign  countries  we  are, 
as  a  rule,  unable  to  converse  with  other  human  beings 
in  their  own  language.  How  much  time,  labour,  and 
money  are  wasted  in  translating  the  literary  produc- 
tions of  one  nation  into  the  language  of  another,  and 
yet,  if  we  rely  on  translations  alone,  we  can  become 
acquainted  with  but  a  tithe  of  foreign  literature., 

Were  there  but  an  international  language  all 
translations  would  be  made  into  it  alone,  as  into  a 
tongue  intelligible  to  all,  and  works  of  an  international 
character  would  be  written  in  it  in  the  first  instance. 

The  Chinese  wall  dividing  literatures  would  dis- 
appear, and  the  works  of  other  nations  would  be  as 
readily  intelligible  to  us  as  those  of  our  own  authors. 
Books  being  the  same  for  everyone,  education,  ideals, 
convictions,  aims,  would  be  the  same  too,  and  all 
nations  would  be  united  in  a  common  brotherhood. 
Being  compelled,  as  we  now  are,  to  devote  our  time  to 


8 

the  study  of  several  different  languages,  we  cannot 
study  any  of  them  sufficiently  well,  and  there  are  but 
few  persons  who  can  even  boast  a  complete  mastery  of 
their  mother-tongue.  On  the  other  hand,  languages 
cannot  progress  towards  perfection,  and  we  are  often 
obliged,  even  in  speaking  our  own  language,  to  borrow 
words  and  expressions  from  foreigners,  or  to  express 
our  thoughts  inexactly. 

How  different  would  the  case  be  bad  we  but  two 
languages  to  learn  ;  we  should  know  them  infinitely 
better,  and  the  languages  themselves  would  grow 
richer,  and  reach  a  higher  degree  of  perfection  than 
is  found  in  any  of  those  now  existing.  And  yet 
though  language  is  the  prime  motor  of  civilisation, 
and  to  it  alone  we  owe  the  fact  that  we  have  raised 
ourselves  above  the  level  of  other  animals,  difference 
of  speech  is  a  cause  of  antipathy,  nay  even  of  hatred, 
between  people,  as  being  the  first  thing  to  strike  us  on 
meeting.  Not  being  understood  we  keep  aloof,  and  the 
first  notion  that  occurs  to  our  minds  is,  not  to  find  out 
whether  the  others  are  of  our  own  political  opinions, 
or  whence  their  ancestors  came  from  thousands  of 
years  ago,  but  to  dislike  the  strange  sound  of  their 
language.  Moreover,  anyone  who  has  lived  for  a 
length  of  time  in  a  commercial  city,  whose  inhabi- 
tants were  of  different  unfriendly  nations,  will  easily 
understand  what  a  boon  would  be  conferred  on  man- 
kind by  the  adoption  of  an  international  idiom,  which, 
without  interfering  with  domestic  affairs  or  the 
private  life  of  nations,  would  play  the  part  of  an 
official  and  commercial  dialect,  at  any  rate,  in  countries 
inhabited  by  people  of  different  nationalities. 

I  will  not  expatiate  on  the  immense  importance 
which,  it  may  well  be  imagined,  an  international 
language  would  acquire  in  science,  commerce,  etc. 
Whoever  has  but  once  bestowed  a  thought  on  the 
subject  will  surely  acknowledge  that  no  sacrifice 


would  be  too  great  if  by  it  we  could  obtain  a 
universal  tongue.  It  is,  therefore,  imperative  that 
the  slightest  ettort  in  that  direction  should  be  attended 
to.  The  best  years  of  my  life  have  been  devoted  to 
this  momentous  cause. 

I  shall  not  here  enter  upon  an  analysis  of  the 
various  attempts  already  made  to  give  the  public  a 
universal  language,  but  will  content  myself  with 
remarking  that  these  efforts  have  amounted  either  to 
a  short  system  of  mutually-intelligible  signs,  or  to  a 
natural  simplification  of  the  grammar  of  existing 
modern  languages,  with  a  change  of  their  words  into 
others  arbitrarily  formed.  The  attempts  of  the  first 
category  were  quickly  seen  to  be  too  complicated  for 
practical  use,  and  so  faded  into  oblivion  ;  those  of 
the  second  were,  perhaps,  entitled  to  the  name  of 
"  languages,"  but  certainly  not  "  international  " 
languages.  The  inventors  called  their  tongues 
"universal,"  I  know  not  why,  possibly  because  no 
one  in  the  whole  world,  except  themselves,  could 
understand  a  single  word  written  or  spoken  in  any 
of  them.  If  a  language,  in  order  to  become  universal, 
has  but  to  be  named  so,  then,  forsooth,  the  wish  of 
any  single  individual  can  frame  out  of  any  existing 
dialect  a  universal  tongue.  As  these  authors  naively 
imagined  that  their  essays  would  be  enthusiastically 
welcomed  and  taken  up  by  the  whole  world,  and  as 
this  unanimous  welcome  is  precisely  what  the  cold  and 
indifferent  world  declines  to  give,  when  there  is  no 
chance  of  realising  any  immediate  benefit,  it  is  not 
much  to  be  marvelled  at  if  these  brilliant  attempts 
came  to  nothing.  The  greater  part  of  the  world  was 
not  in  the  slightest  degree  interested  in  the  prospect 
of  a  new  language,  and  the  persons  who  really  cared 
about  the  matter  thought  it  scarcely  worth  while  to 
learn  a  tongue  which  none  but  the  inventor  could  under- 
stand. When  the  whole  world,  said  they,  has  learnt 


10 

this  language,  or  at  least  several  million  people,  we 
will  do  the  same. 

I  have  always  been  interested  in  the  question  of  a 
universal  language,  but  as  I  did  not  feel  myself  better 
qualified  for  the  work  than  the  authors  of  so  many 
other  fruitless  attempts,  I  did  not  risk  running  into 
print,  and  merely  occupied  myself  with  imaginary 
schemes  and  a  minute  study  of  the  problem.  At 
length,  however,  some  happy  ideas,  the  fruits  of  my 
reflections,  incited  me  to  further  work,  and  induced 
me  to  essay  the  systematic  conquest  of  the  many 
obstacles  which  beset  the  path  of  the  inventor  of  a 
new  rational  universal  language.  As  it  appears  to  me 
that  I  have  almost  succeeded  in  my  undertaking,  I  am 
now  venturing  to  lay  before  a  critical  public  the 
results  of  my  long  and  assiduous  labours. 

The  principal  difficulties  to  be  overcome  were  : — 

(1).  To  render  the  study  of  the  language  so  easy  as 
to  make  its  acquisition  mere  play  to  the  learner. 

(2).  To  enable  the  learner  to  make  direct  use  of  his 
knowledge  with  persons  of  any  nationality,  whether 
the  language  be  universally  accepted  or  not ;  in  other 
words,  the  language  is  to  be  directly  a  means  of 
international  communication. 

(3).  To  find  some  means  of  overcoming  the  natural 
indifference  of  mankind,  and  disposing  them,  in  the 
quickest  manner  possible,  and  en  masse,  to  learn  and 
use  the  proposed  language  as  a  living  one,  and  not 
only  in  last  extremities,  and  with  the  key  at  hand. 

Amongst  the  numberless  projects  submitted  at 
various  times  to  the  public,  often  under  the  high- 
sounding  but  unaccountable  name  of  "  universal 
languages,"  no  one  has  solved  at  once  more  than  one 
of  the  above-mentioned  problems,  and  even  that  but 
partially. 

Before  proceeding  to  enlighten  the  reader  as  to  the 


11 

means  employed  for  the  solution  of  the  problems,  I 
would  ask  of  him  to  reconsider  the  exact  significance 
of  each  separately,  so  that  he  may  not  be  inclined  to 
quibble  at  my  methods  of  solution  merely  because 
they  may  appear  to  him  perhaps  too  simple.  I  do  this 
because  I  am  well  aware  that  the  majority  of  mankind 
feel  disposed  to  bestow  their  consideration  on  any 
subject  the  more  carefully,  in  proportion,  as  it  is 
enigmatical  and  incomprehensible.  Such  persons,  at 
the  sight  of  so  short  a  grammar,  with  rules  so  simple 
and  so  readily  intelligible,  will  be  ready  to  regard  it 
with  a  contemptuous  glance,  never  considering  the 
fact — of  which  a  little  further  reflection  would  convince 
them — that  this  simplification  and  bringing  of  each 
detail  out  of  its  original  complicated  form  into  the 
simplest  and  easiest  conceivable  was,  in  fact,  the  most 
insuperable  obstacle  to  be  overcome. 

THE  FIRST  DIFFICULTY. 

The  first  of  the  problems  was  solved  in  the  follow- 
ing manner  : — 

(1).  I  simplified  the  grammar  to  the  utmost,  and 
while,  on  the  one  hand,  I  carried  out  my  object  in  the 
spirit  of  the  existing  modern  languages,  in  order  to 
make  the  study  as  free  from  difficulties  as  possible,  on 
the  other  hand,  I  did  not  deprive  it  of  clearness, 
exactness,  and  flexibility.  My  whole  grammar  can  be 
learned  perfectly  in  one  hour.  The  immense  allevia- 
tion given  to  the  study  of  a  language  by  such  a 
grammar  must  be  self-evident  to  everyone. 

(2).  I  established  rules  for  the  formation  of  new 
words,  and  at  the  same  time  reduced  to  a  very  small 
compass  the  list  of  words  absolutely  necessary  to  be 
learned,  without,  however,  depriving  the  language  of 
the  means  of  becoming  a  rich  one.  On  the  contrary, 
thanks  to  the  possibility  of  forming  from  one  root 


12 

word  any  number  of  compounds,  expressive  of  every 
conceivable  shade  of  id-  a,  I  made  it  the  richest  of  the 
rich  amongst  modern  tongues.  This  I  accomplished 
by  the  introduction  of  numerous  prefixes  and  suffixes, 
by  whose  aid  the  student  is  enabled  to  create  new 
words  for  himself,  without  the  necessity  of  having 
previously  to  learn  them.  For  example  : — 

(1).  The  prefix  mal  denotes  the  direct  opposite  of 
any  idea.  If,  for  instance,  we  know  the  word  for 
"good,"  bon'a,  we  can  immediately  form  that  for 
"bad,"  mal' bon'a,  and  hence  the  necessity  of  a  special 
word  for  "  bad  "  is  obviated.  In  like  manner,  alt'a, 
"  high,"  "  tall,"  mal'al'ta,  "  low,"  "  short "  ;  estim'i,  "  to 
respect,"  mal' estim'i,  "  to  despise,"  etc.  Consequently, 
if  one  has  learned  this  single  word  mal  he  is  relieved 
of  learning  a  long  string  of  words  such  as  "  hard," 
(premising  that  he  knows  "  soft,")  "  cold,"  "  old," 
"dirty,"  "distant,"  "darkness,"  "shame,"  "  to  hate," 
etc.,  etc. 

(2).  The  suffix  in  marks  the  feminine  gender,  and 
thus  if  we  know  the  word  "  brother,"  frat'o,  we  can 
form  "  sister,"  fratin'o  ;  so  also,  "  father,"  patr'o ; 
"  mother,"  patr'in'o.  By  this  device  words  like 
"grandmother,"  "  bride,"  "  girl,"  "  hen,"  "  cow,"  etc., 
are  done  away  with. 

(3).  The  suffix  il  indicates  an  instrument  for  a  given 
purpose,  e.g.,  trantfi,  "  to  cut,"  trantfil'o,  "  a  knife  "  ; 
so  words  like  "  comb,"  "  axe,"  "  bell,"  etc.,  are 
rendered  unnecessary. 

In  the  same  manner  are  employed  many  other 
affixes — some  fifty  in  all — which  the  reader  will  find 
in  the  vocabulary.  Moreover,  as  I  have  laid  it  down 
as  a  general  rule  that  every  word  already  regarded  as 
international — the  so-called  "  foreign  "  words,  for 
example — undergoes  no  change  in  my  language, 
except  such  as  may  be  necessary  to  bring  it  into 


13 

conformity  with  the  international  orthography,  in- 
numerable words  become  superfluous,  e.g.,  "loco- 
motive," "telegraph."  "nerve,"  "temperature," 
"centre,"  "form,"  "public,"  "platinum,"  "figure," 
"waggon,"  "comedy,"  and  hundreds  more. 

By  the  help  of  these  rules,  and  others,  which  will 
be  found  in  the  grammar,  the  language  is  rendered  so 
exceedingly  simple  that  the  whole  labour  in  learning 
consists  in  committing  to  memory  some  3,000  words — 
which  number  includes  all  the  grammatical  inflexions, 
prefixes,  etc.  VVith  the  assistance  of  the  rules  given 
in  the  grammar,  anyone  of  ordinary  intellectual 
capacity  may  form  for  himself  all  the  words,  ex- 
pressions, and  idioms  in  ordinary  use.  Even  these 
3,000  words,  as  will  be  shown  directly,  are  so  chosen 
that  the  learning  them  ofters  no  difficulty  to  a  well- 
educated  person. 

Thus  the  acquirement  of  this  rich,  mellifluous, 
universally-comprehensible  language  is  not  a  matter 
of  years  of  a  laborious  study,  but  the  mere  light 
amusement  of  a  few  days. 

PROBLEM  No.  2. 

The  solution  of  the  second  problem  was  effected 
thus : — 

(1).  I  introduced  a  complete  dismemberment  of 
ideas  into  independent  words,  so  that  the  whole 
language  consists,  not  of  words  in  different  states  of 
grammatical  inflexion,  but  of  unchangeable  words. 
If  the  reader  will  turn  to  one  of  the  pages  of  this 
book  written  in  my  language,  he  will  perceive  that 
each  word  always  retains  its  original  unalterable 
form — namely,  that  under  which  it  appears  in  the 
vocabulary.  The  various  grammatical  inflexions,  the 
reciprocal  relations  of  the  members  of  a  sentence,  arc 
expressed  by  the  junction  of  immutable  syllables. 


14 

But  the  structure  of  such  a  synthetic  language  being 
altogether  strange  to  the  chief  European  nations,  and 
consequently  difficult  for  them  to  become  accustomed 
to,  I  have  adapted  this  principle  of  dismemberment 
to  the  spirit  of  the  European  languages,  in  such  a 
manner  that  anyone  learning  my  tongue  from  gram- 
mar alone,  without  having  previously  read  this  intro- 
duction— which  is  quite  unnecessary  for  the  learner — 
will  never  perceive  that  the  structure  of  the  language 
differs  in  any  respect  from  that  of  his  mother-tongue. 
So,  for  example,  the  derivation  of  frat'in'o,  which  is 
in  reality  a  compound  of  frat  "  child  of  the  same 
parents  as  one's  self,"  in  "  female,"  o  "  an  entity," 
"that  which  exists,"  i.e.,  "that  which  exists  as  a 
female  child  of  the  same  parents  as  one's  self  "="a 
sister," — is  explained  by  the  grammar  thus  :  the  root 
for  "  brother  "  is  frat,  the  termination  of  substantives 
in  the  nominative  case  is  o,  hence  frat'o  is  the 
equivalent  of  "  brother " ;  the  feminine  gender  is 
formed  by  the  suffix  in,  hence  frat'in'o  =  "sister." 
(The  little  strokes  between  certain  letters  are  added 
in  accordance  with  a  rule  of  the  grammar,  which 
requires  their  insertion  between  each  component 
part  of  every  complete  word).  Thus  the  learner 
experiences  no  difficulty,  and  never  even  imagines 
that  what  he  calls  terminations,  suffixes,  etc.,  are 
complete  and  independent  words,  which  always  keep 
their  own  proper  significations,  whether  placed  at  the 
beginning  or  end  of  a  word,  in  the  middle,  or  alone. 
The  result  of  this  construction  of  the  language  is 
that  everything  written  in  it  can  be  immediately  and 
perfectly  understood  by  the  help  of  the  vocabulary— 
or  even  almost  without  it — by  anyone  who  has  not 
only  not  learnt  the  language  before,  but  even  has  never 
heard  of  its  very  existence. 

Let    me    illustrate   this  by  an   example : — I    am 
amongst    Englishmen,   and    have    not  the   slightest 


15 


knowledge  of  the  English  language  ;  I  am  absolutely 
in  need  of  making  myself  understood,  and  write  in  the 
international  tongue,  maybe,  as  follows  : — 

Mi  ne  sci'as  kie  mi  las'is  la  baston'o'n ;  cu  vi  §in  ne 
vid'is  ? 

I  hold  out  to  one  of  the  strangers  an  International 
English  vocabulary,  and  point  to  the  title,  where  the 
following  sentence  appears  in  large  letters  : — "  Every- 
thing written  in  the  international  language  can  be 
translated  by  the  help  of  this  vocabulary.  If  several 
words  together  express  but  a  single  idea,  they  are 
written  as  one  word,  but  separated  by  commas  ;  e.g., 
frat'in'o,  though  a  single  idea,  is  yet  composed  of  three 
words,  which  must  be  looked  for  separately  in  the 
vocabulary."  If  my  companion  has  never  heard  of  the 
international  language  he  will  probably  favour  me  at 
first  with  a  vacant  stare,  will  then  take  the  paper 
offered  to  him,  and,  searching  for  the  words  in  the 
vocabulary,  as  directed,  will  make  out  something  of 
this  kind : — 


Mi 
ne 

sci'as 

kie 
mi 

lasis 
la 

baston'o'n;- 


{  mi 

=  1                                } 

I 

{  ne 

=  not 

not 

!sci 

^know                          \ 

as 

=  sign  of  the  present  J- 

do  know 

tense 

{  kie 

=  where 

where 

{  mi 

=  1 

I 

(  las 

=  leave                          ^ 

* 

=  sign    of    the    pastj- 

have  left 

I 

tense                      j 

{  la 

=  the                             j 

the 

baston 

=  stick                          \ 

0 

n 

=  sign  of  a  substantive  1 
=  sign  of  the  objective  j 

stick  ; 

/ 

16 

fSu       =  whether,  if, 
employed    in   ques-j-    whether 
tions 

i)i        {  w        =you,  thou  }         you 

gi        =it,  this  1 

n        —  sign  of  the  objective  V         it 

case  J 

ne        {  ne       =  not  not 

(  yid      =  see  1  i 

wd  as  ?    •!    •  r  .1  >  have  seen  ? 

(is        =  sign  of  the  past  tense  J 

And  thus  the  Englishman  will  easily  understand  what 
it  is  I  desire.  If  he  wishes  to  reply,  I  show  him 
an  English-International  vocabulary,  on  which  are 
printed  these  words  : — "  To  express  anything  by 
means  of  this  vocabulary,  in  the  international 
language,  look  for  the  words  required  in  the  voca- 
bulary itself  ;  and  for  the  terminations  necessary  to 
distinguish  the  grammatical  forms  look  in  the  gram- 
matical appendix,  under  the  respective  headings  of 
the  parts  of  speech  which  you  desire  to  express." 
Since  the  explanation  of  the  whole  grammatical  struc- 
ture of  the  language  is  comprised  in  a  few  lines — as 
a  glance  at  the  grammar  will  show — the  finding  of  the 
required  terminations  occupies  no  longer  time  than 
the  turning  up  a  word  in  the  dictionary. 

I  would  now  direct  the  attention  of  my  readers  to 
another  matter,  at  first  sight  a  trifling  one,  but,  in 
truth,  of  immense  importance.  Everyone  knows  the 
impossibility  of  communicating  intelligibly  with  a 
foreigner  by  the  aid  of  even  the  best  of  dictionaries, 
if  one  have  no  previous  acquaintance  with  the 
language.  In  order  to  find  any  given  word  in  a 
dictionary,  we  must  know  its  derivation,  for  when 
words  are  arranged  in  sentences,  nearly  every  one  of 
them  undergoes  some  grammatical  change.  After 
this  alteration,  a  word  often  bears  not  the  least 


17 

resemblance  to  its  primary  form,  so  that  without 
knowing  something  of  the  language  beforehand,  we 
are  able  to  find  hardly  any  of  the  words  occurring  in 
a  given  phrase,  and  even  those  we  do  find  will  give  no 
connected  sense.  Suppose,  for  example,  I  had  written 
the  simple  sentence  adduced  above  in  German  : 
"  Ich  weiss  nicht  wo  ich  den  Stock  gelassen  habe  ; 
haben  Sie  ihn  nicht  gesehen  1 "  Anyone  who  did 
not  speak  or  understand  German,  after  searching  for 
each  word  separately  in  a  dictionary,  would  produce 
the  following  farrago  of  nonsense  :  "  I ;  white  ;  not ; 
where  ;  I ; —  ;  stick  ;  dispassionate  ;  property  ;  to 
have ;  she,  they,  you ; —  ;  not ; —  1"  I  need  scarcely 
point  out  that  a  lexicon  of  a  modern  language  is 
usually  a  volume  of  a  certain  bulk,  and  the  search 
for  any  number  of  words  one  by  one  is  in  itself  a 
most  laborious  undertaking,  not  to  speak  of  the  dif- 
ferent significations  attaching  to  the  same  word, 
amongst  which  there  is  but  a  bare  possibility  of  the 
student  selecting  the  right  one.  The  international 
vocabulary,  owing  to  the  highly  synthetic  structure 
of  the  language,  is  a  mere  leaflet,  which  one  might 
carry  in  one's  note  book,  or  the  waistcoat-pocket. 

Granted  that  we  had  a  language  with  a  grammar 
simplified  to  the  utmost,  and  whose  every  word  had 
a  definite  fixed  meaning,  the  person  addressed  would 
require  not  only  to  have  beforehand  some  knowledge 
of  the  grammar,  to  be  able,  even  with  the  vocabulary 
at  hand,  to  understand  anything  addressed  to  bin), 
but  would  also  need  some  previous  acquaintance  with 
the  vocabulary  itself,  in  order  to  be  able  to  distin- 
guish between  the  primitive  word  and  its  gramma- 
tically-altered derivatives.  The  utility,  again,  of  such 
a  language  would  wholly  depend  upon  the  number  of 
its  adepts,  for  when  sitting,  for  instance,  in  a  railway- 
carriage,  and  wishing  to  ask  a  fellow-traveller  "  How 
long  do  we  stop  at  —  1"  it  is  scarcely  to  be  expected 
B 


18 

that  he  will  undertake  to  learn  the  grammar  of  the 
language  before  replying !  By  using,  on  the  other 
hand,  the  international  language,  we  are  set  in  possi- 
bility of  communicating  directly  with  a  person  of  any 
nationality,  even  though  he  may  never  have  heard  of 
the  existence  of  the  language  before. 

Anything  whatever,  written  in  the  international 
tongue,  can  be  translated,  without  difficulty,  by 
means  of  the  vocabulary  alone,  no  previous  study 
being  requisite.  The  reader  may  easily  convince 
himself  of  the  truth  of  this  assertion  by  experi- 
menting for  himself  with  the  specimens  of  the 
language  appended  to  this  pamphlet.  A  person  of 
good  education  will  seldom  need  to  refer  to  the 
vocabulary,  a  linguist  scarcely  at  all. 

Let  us  suppose  that  you  have  to  write  to  a  Spaniard, 
who  neither  knows  your  language  nor  you  his.  You 
think  that  probably  he  has  never  heard  of  the  inter- 
national tongue.  No  matter,  write  boldly  to  him  in 
that  language,  and  be  sure  he  will  understand  you 
perfectly.  The  complete  vocabulary  required  for 
everyday  use,  being  but  a  single  sheet  of  paper,  can 
be  bought  for  a  few  pence,  in  any  language  you 
please,  easily  enclosed  in  the  smallest  envelope,  and 
forwarded  with  your  letter.  The  person  to  whom  it 
is  addressed  will  without  doubt  understand  what  you 
have  Avritten,  the  vocabulary  being  not  only  a  clue  to, 
but  a  complete  explanation  of  your  letter.  The 
wonderful  power  of  combination  possessed  by  the 
words  of  the  international  language  renders  this 
lilliputian  lexicon  amply  sufficient  for  the  expression 
of  every  want  of  daily  life ;  but  words  seldom  met 
with,  technical  terms,  and  foreign  words  familiar  to  all 
nations,  as  "tobacco,"  "theatre,"  "fabric,"  etc.,  arenot 
included  in  it.  If  such  words,  therefore,  are  needed, 
and  it  is  impossible  to  express  them  by  some  equivii 
lent  terms,  the  larger  vocabulary  must  be  consulted 


19 

(2).  It  has  now  been  shown  how,  by  means  of  the 
peculiar  structure  of  the  international  tongue,  anyone 
may  enter  into  an  intelligible  correspondence  with 
another  person  of  a  different  nationality.  The  sole 
drawback,  until  the  language  becomes  more  widely 
known,  is  the  necessity  under  which  the  writer  is 
placed  of  waiting  until  the  person  addressed  shall  have 
analysed  his  thoughts.  In  order  to  remove  this  ob- 
stacle as  far  as  practicable,  at  least  for  persons  of 
education,  recourse  was  had  to  the  following  ex- 
pedient. Such  words  as  are  common  to  the  languages 
of  all  civilised  peoples,  together  with  the  so-called 
"  foreign "  words  and  technical  terms,  were  left 
unaltered.  If  a  word  has  a  different  sound  in  dif- 
ferent languages,  that  sound  has  been  chosen  which 
is  common  to  at  least  two  or  three  of  the  most 
important  European  tongues,  or  which,  if  found  in 
one  language  only,  has  become  familiar  to  other 
nations.  When  the  required  word  has  a  different 
sound  in  every  language,  some  word  was  sought  for, 
having  only  a  relative  likeness  in  meaning  to  the 
other,  or  one  which,  though  seldom  used,  is  yet  well 
known  to  the  leading  nations,  e.g.,  the  word  for 
"near"  is  different  in  every  European  language,  but 
if  one  consider  for  a  moment  the  word  "  proximus  " 
(nearest),  it  will  be  noticed  that  some  modified  form 
of  the  word  is  in  use  in  all  important  tongues.  If, 
then,  I  call  "  near "  jHYftfcmm,  the  meaning  will  be 
apparent  to  every  educated  man.  In  other  emer- 
gencies words  were  drawn  from  the  Latin,  as  being  a 
quasi-international  language.  Deviations  from  the^e 
rules  were  only  made  in  exceptional  cases,  as  for  the 
avoidance  of  homonyms,  simplicity  of  orthography, 
etc.  In  this  manner,  being  in  communication  with  a 
European  of  fair  education,  who  has  never  learnt 
the  international  tongue,  one  may  make  sure  of 
being  immediately  understood,  without  the  person 
B9 


20 

addressed  having  to  refer  continually  to  the  voca 
bulary. 

In  order  that  the  reader  may  prove  for  himself  the 
truth  of  all  that  has  been  set  forth  above,  two  speci- 
mens of  the  international  language  are  subjoined.* 

PATR'O  NI'A. 

Patr'o  ni'a,  kiu  est'as  en  la  ciel'o,  sankt'a  est'u  Vi'a 
nom'o,  ven'u  reg'ec'o  Vi'a,  est'u  vol'o  Vi'a,  kiel  en  la 
ciel'o,  tiel  ankau  sur  la  ter'o.  Pan'o'n  ni'a'n  ciu'tag'a'n 
don'u  al  ni  hodiau,  kaj  pardon'u  al  ni  suld'o'j'n  ni'aj'n, 
kiel  ni  ankau  pardon'as  al  ni'a'j  suld'ant'o'j ;  ne 
konduku  ni'n  en  tent'o'n ;  sed  liber'ig'u  ni'n  de  la 
mal'vera,  car  Vi'a  est'as  la  regad'o,  la  fort'o,  kaj  la 
gloro  eterne.  Amen ! 

EL  LA  BIBLI'O. 

Je  la  komenc'o  Di'o  kre'is  la  ter'o'n  kaj  la  ciel'o'n. 
Kaj  la  ter'o  est'is  sen'form'a  kaj  dezert'a,  kaj  inal'lum'o 
est'is  super  la  profund'a'jo,  kaj  la  anim'o  de  Di'o  si'n 
port'is  super  la  akv'o.  Kaj  Di'o  dir'is  :  est'u  lum'o  ; 
kaj  far'ig'is  lum'o.  Kaj  Di'o  vid'is  la  lum'o'n  ke  gi 
est'as  bon'a,  kaj  nom'is  Di'o  la  lum'o'n  tag'o,  kaj  la 
mal'lum'o'n  Li  nom'is  nokt'o.  Kaj  est'is  vesper'o, 
kaj  est'is  maten'o — unu  tag'o.  Kaj  Di'o  dir'is  :  est'u 
firm'aj'o  inter  la  akv'o,  kaj  gi  apart'ig'u  akv'on  de  akv'o. 
Kaj  Di'o  kre'is  la  firm'aj'o'n  kaj  apart'ig'is  la  akv'o'n 
kiu  est'as  sub  la  firm'a]'o,  de  la  akv'o  kiu  est'as  super 
la  firm'aj'o;  kaj  far'ig'is  tiel.  Kaj  Di'o  nom'is  la  firm'- 
aj'o'n ciel'o.  Kaj  est'is  vesper'o,  kaj  est'is  maten'o — 
la  du'a  tag'o.  Kaj  Di'o  dir'is  :  kolekt'u  sin  la  akv'o 
de  sub  la  ciel'o  mm  lok'o'n,  kaj  montr'u  si'n  sek'aj'o  ; 
kaj  far'ig'is  tiel.  Kaj  Di'o  nom'is  la  sek'aj'o'n  ter'o, 
kaj  la  kolekt'o'j'n  de  la  akv'o  Li  nom'is  mar'o'j. 

•  In  correspondence  with  persons  who  have  learnt  the 
language,  as  well  as  in  works  written  for  them  exclusively, 
the  commas,  separating  parts  of  words,  are  omitted. 


ADVICE    TO    THE    STUDENT. 


1 .  The  lessons,  etc.,  in  this  text-book  are  arranged  to 
meet  what  must  be  the  great  aims  of  an  International 
language,  viz.  : 

(1).  To  read  it  with  facility. 
(2).  To  speak  it  with  facility. 
(3).  To  write  it  with  facility. 

2.  And,  in  order  to  fulfil  these  ends,  the  Lessons 
have  been   divided   into   three   sections,  namely : — 
Exercises,  Conversations,  and  Specimens  of  Correspond- 
ence.    All  these  can  be  taken  in  their  order,  but  there 
is  nothing  to  prevent  a  student  from  working  at  the 
Conversations  before  the  Exercises  (Section  I.)  have 
been   finished.     The   Correspondence  (Section  III.), 
however,  should  not  be  attempted  until  the  Exercises 
and  Conversations  are  thoroughly  mastered. 

3.  In  order  to  facilitate  the  study  of  the  language, 
I  would  advise  the  student  to  give  his  careful  atten- 
tion to  the  following  suggestions  : — 

4.  Do  not  begin  the  Exercises  until  the  sound  value 
of  every  letter  in  the  Alphabet  is  thoroughly  mastered. 

5.  Even  when  this  point   is  attained,  let  no  day 
pass  without  reading  aloud  the  words  of,  at  least,  one 
Exercise ;  this  for  three  reasons — firstly,  as  an  exercise 
in  pronunciation  ;  secondly,  to  accustom  the  ear  to  the 
sound  of  the  words ;  thirdly,  for  a  better  remembering 
of  the  words,  onesense  here  materially  helping  the  other. 

6.  Keep  well  before  the  mind,  for  this  end,  the  fact 
that  the  language  is  phonetic,  one  letter  having  always 
and  everywhere  one  sound,  and,  finally,  remember 
there  are  no  silent  letters. 

7.  In  mentioning  the  letters  it  is  well  to  give  them 
the  names  by  which  they  are  universally  known ;  this 
is  done  by  adding  an  0  to  each  consonant.     Thus  the 


22 

name  of  B  is  bo,  D  is  do,  M  is  mo,  R  is  ro,  S  is  sho, 
Z  is  zo,  etc.,  etc.  This  gives  the  Alphabet  its  own 
proper  characteristic,  which  is  totally  distinct  from  the 
alphabets  of  all  other  languages. 

8.  Learn   the   Grammatical     Terminations    which 
precede  the  Grammar  proper.     "  Hasten  slowly,"  do 
not  be  in  too  great  a  hurry,  proceed  step  by  step. 
Too   great  haste   only  retards  progress. 

9.  Recapitulate  occasionally.    When  you  finish  the 
first  10  Lessons  repeat  them ;  do  the  same  when  you 
finish  Lesson  20,  and  finally  have  a  repetition  of  the 
whole      When  you  do  this  thoroughly  you  have  a 
"  working  capital "  of  close  on  700  or  800  words. 

10.  Moreover,    if    you    act    in     this    way,    the 
remaining   Sections   (II.   and   III.)   will  present  no 
difficulty. 

11.  Having  finished  the  Exercises,  I  would  suggest 
that  the  student  subscribe  to  one  of  the  journals  (of 
which  there  are  now  at  least  ten  published)  printed 
for  the  propagation  of  the  language.     Some  of  these 
are  printed  entirely  in  Esperanto,  others  in  French 
and  Esperanto.     An  English  Esperanto  monthly  is  in 
preparation. 

12.  If  you  wish  to  correspond  in  the  language,  you 
should  obtain  the  Annual   Universal  address   book 
issued  by  Dr.  Zamenhof,  an  application  form  for  which 
can  be  had  by  applying  to  the  Esperanto  Club.     By 
giving  one  hour  each  day  to  the  language,  at  the  end 
of  a  few  weeks  you  will  find   no  difficulty  in   this. 
And  remember,  by  means  of  "  Esperanto,"  your  cor- 
respondence need  not  be  limited  to  one  or  two  countries. 
Practically,  by  the  means  of  this  language,  your  field 
is  boundless  for  this  purpose. 

13.  Every  Esperantist  should  obtain  and  carefully 
study   Dr.    Zamenhofs    "  Fundamenta    Krestomatio," 
which  is  the  guide  to  style,  and  contains  the  larger 
part  of  Dr.  Zamenhof's  own  writings. 


SYNOPSIS     OF    THE     GRAMMAR    OF 
ESPERANTO. 


I  final 

AS  „ 

IS  „ 

OS  „ 

us  „ 

u  „ 

ANTA*  „ 

INTA  „ 

ONTA  „ 

ATA  „ 

ITA  „ 

OTA  „ 

0  „ 

A  „ 

K  „ 

J  ,, 

N  , 


GRAMMATICAL  TERMINATIONS. 

denotes  always  the  infinitive.     Ami,  to  love. 
,,  „         ,,     present  tense.     Mi  amas, 

love. 
,,  ,,         ,,     past   tense.       Vi  ami*,   you 

loved. 
,,  ,,         ,,     future  tense      Hi  amos,  they 

will  love. 
,,         ,,     conditional. 


Li    amiis,     he 

should  or  would  love, 
imperative.     Amu,  love ;    li 

amu,  let  him  love, 
present    participle    (active) 

Amanta,  loving, 
past      participle       (active). 

Aminta,  having  loved, 
future    participle     (active). 

Amonta,  about  to  love, 
present  participle   (passive). 

Amata,  being  loved, 
past      participle     (passive). 

Amita,  having  been  loved, 
future    participle    (passive). 

Amota,  about  to  be  loved, 
noun.     Patro,  father, 
adjective.      Patra,  paternal, 
adverb.     Patre,  paternally, 
plur.      Bonaj   i>atroj,    good 

fathers, 
objective    (accusative)   case. 

and  the  direction  towards 

which  one  goes      Mi  trovin 

In  libron,  I  found  the  book. 

Si  iras  Londonon,  she  goes 

to  London. 


*  The  final  "  A"  of  participles  is  changed  to  "  E  "  when 
used  adverbially,  as  amante,  by  (or  in)  loving. 


PART    I.-THE     ESPERANTO 
GRAMMAR. 


The  Alphabet. 

1.  There  are  twenty-eight  letters  in  the  alphabet, 
viz. : — 

Aa,      Dd,      Gg,  Jj,      Mm,  Rr,  Uu, 

Bb,      Ee,       Hh,  Jj,      Nn,  Ss,  tlii, 

!c,      Ff,  Hh,  Kk,     Oo,  Ss,  Vv, 

Gg,  li,  LI,       Pp,  Tt,  Zz. 

2.  With  the  exception  of  the  following,  these  letters 
are  pronounced  exactly  as  in  English  :— 

A  is  always  pronounced  as  "  a  "  in  father. 

E  „  „  „  „  "e"in  they. 

I  „  „  ,,  „   "ee "  in  seen. 

0  „  „  „  „  "  o "  in  so. 

U  „  „  „  „  "  u "  in  rule. 

C  „  „  „  „  "ts"  in  bits. 

C  „  „  „  „   "  ch "  in  church. 

G  „  „  „  „  "g"  in  good. 

G  „  „  „  „   "  g "  in  gem. 

H  „  „  „  „  "  ch "  in  loch. 

J  ,.  „  „  „  "y"in  yes. 

J  „  „  „  „   "  s "  in  vision. 

S  „  „  ,,  ,,  "s"  in  basin,  never  like 

"  s  "  in  rose. 

S  „  „  „  „   "sh"  in  she. 

Ati  ,,  „  ,,  „  "  ow "  in  how. 

Aj  „  „  „  „  "  i "  in  nigh. 

OJ  »     »          »        »  "  °y " in  b°y- 

Ett  „       „  „  „  "  eh-oo  "  as  in  the  words 

"  they  who." 

Ej    „       „  „  „  » ayi "  in  saying. 

Uj   „       „  „  „   "ui"  in  ruin. 

NOTE. — Dr.    Zamenhof    permits   the  substitution   of    the 
letter  "  h  "  for  the  accent,  in  all  cases  of  ch,  gh,  hh,  jh,  and  sh. 


25 

3.  The  sound  of    the  letters  is  always  the  same, 
whether  initial,  medial  or   final.     "  One   letter   one 
sound." 

4.  There  are  no  silent  letters  in  Esperanto ;  every 
letter  must  be  sounded  separately,  even  in  the  case 
of  the  double  letters,  Aj,  AH  and  Oj,  the  pronuncia- 
tion of  which  is  given.     "  H  "  is  never  silent. 

5.  Esperanto  being  a  phonetic  language,  every  word 
is  read  exactly  as  it  is  written,  and  written  as  read. 

Dume  =  "  doo-may,"  not  "  doom."  hi  =  "  ee-ale," 
not  "  eel." 

Traire=  "  trah-ee-ray,"  not  "  tra-ire."  Fingringo  = 
feen-green-go,  not  fing-gring-o  (treat  "  ing "  always 
after  this  model). 

The    Accent. 

1.  Every  word  in  Esperanto  is  accented  on  the 
penultimate  (the  last  syllable  but  one).  Hence  this 
syllable  must  be  well  marked,  raising  the  voice  on  it, 
and  not  on  the  final  s)'llable.  Even  in  words  of  two 
syllables  the  accent  must  be  strong,  distinct  and  clear 
upon  the  first.  This  is  called  the  "tonic  "  accent. 

'2.  This,  however,  does  not  mean  that  the  other 
syllables  should  be  slurred  or  pronounced  carelessly. 
Every  syllable  must  get  its  full  sound-value,  but  the 
neglect  of  the  tonic  accent  would  tend,  in  a  great 
measure,  to  rob  the  language  of  an  essential  part  of 
its  beauty  and  euphony. 

Compound    Words. 

These  are  formed  by  the  junction  of  words, 
much  the  same  as  in  English.  In  Esperanto  the 
principal  word  is  always  placed  last,  this  word  taking 
the  termination  determining  which  part  of  speech  it  is. 

Antati,  before,  Fid',  see.  Antatividi,  to  foresee  (verb). 
Griz,  grey,  //«/,  hair.  Grizhara,  grey  haired  (adj.). 
Vapor,  steam,  Sip,  ship.  Fapor&po, steamship  (noun ). 


26 

The  grammatical  terminations  "  i,"  "  a,"  "  o,"  are 
regarded  as  independent  words  in  such  casts.  In 
elementary  work,  or  in  corresponding  with  learners, 
the  different  parts  of  compound  words  are  divided 
by  perpendicular  or  sloping  bars  ',  as  Vapor' sip  o, 
Griz'har'a,  Antati'vid'i. 

Foreign  Words. 

1.  By   "  foreign   words "  we   understand    a  large 
class  of  words  which  most  languages  receive  from  a 
common  source. 

2.  In  Esperanto  these  words  retain  their  original 
form,  undergoing  no  change  except  only  so  far  as 
they  are  subject   to   its   orthographical  system  and 
rules. 

Mikrofono,  Microphone.  Tealro,  Theatre. 

Mikrofona,  Microphonic.  Teatra,  Theatrical. 

Mikrofone,  Microphonically.      Teatre,  Theatrically. 

3.  As   will  be   seen    from    these    examples,   the 
derived    words — Mikrofona,    mikrofone,   teatra,   teatre, 
always   originate   or   spring   from   the   root   of   the 
primary  word,  mikrofon',  teatr . 

Elision. 

1.  Elision  is  not  common  in  Esperanto ;  its  use  is 
rather  to  be  avoided  than  followed. 

2.  The  only  letters  that   may  be  elided   are  the 
"a"  of  the  article   and  the    "o"  of  nouns  (in  the 
singular).       When     elision     does     take     place,     an 
apostrophe   is   used   to   denote  the   dropped   letter. 
La,  domo  de  Vmastrq,  the  house  of  the  master ;   or,  the 
master's  house.     Siller'  estis  glora  poeto ;   Schiller  was 
a  glorious  poet. 

3.  In  no  case  is  elision  obligatory. 


27 

Interrogation. 

Cu  denotes  an  interrogation,  as  Cu  li  legos  f  Does 
he  read  1  It  is  also  used  in  indirect  questions,  when 
it  means  "  whether." 

Negation. 

As  in  English,  double  negatives  must  not  be 
used. 

Mi  nenion  trovis,  I  found  nothing. 
Si  neniun  vidis  en  la  palaco,  she  saw  no  one  in  the 
palace. 

Direction. 

In  answers  to  questions  beginning  with  "  Kien," 
"where"  (meaning  direction),  the  word  or  words 
must  have  the  termination  of  the  objective.  As, 
Kien  li  iras  ?  Where  does  he  go  1  (Where  is  he 
going  ?)  Li  iras  ganlenon. — Londonon.  He  goes  (or 
is  going)  to  a  garden — to  London. 


PART5    OF    SPEECH. 
The  Article. 

1.  There  is  no  indefinite  article  in  Esperanto. 

It  is  contained  in  the  Noun  (as  in  Latin)  according 
as  the  sense  does  or  does  not  require  it,  as : 

Rozo  estas  flow,  a  rose  is  a  flower. 
Patro  kaj  frato,  father  and  brother. 

2.  The  definite  article  is  La,  the.   (It  is  invariable). 

La  patro,  the  father.     La  patrino,  the  mother. 

La  tablo,  the  table.     La  patroj,  the  fathers. 

La  birdoj  estas  sur  la  arbo,  the  birds  are  on  the  tree. 


28 

3.  The  definite  article  is  never  used  in  Esperanto 
before  proper  names,  as : 

Unuigitaj  Statoj  Amerikaj.  The  United  States  of 
America. 

Francujo  estas  pli  varma  ol  Anglujo*  France  is 
warmer  than  England. 

4.  The  definite  article  is  used  in  Esperanto  before 
nouns  denoting  the  totality  of  persons  or  things  re- 
presented, as  : 

La,  homo  estas  mortema,  man  is  mortal. 

The    Noun. 

1.  The  noun,  in  Esperanto,  invariably  ends  in  "  o," 
as: 

Patro,  father.     Patrino,  mother.     Arbo,  tree. 

2.  The  plural  is  formed  by  adding  "  j  "  (pron."y  ") 
to  the  singular,  as  : 

Patroj,  fathers.     Patrinoj,  mothers.     Arloj,  trees. 

3.  The    objective    case     (sometimes    named    the 
Accusative)  is  formed  by  adding  "n  "  to  the  singular 
or  plural,  as  : 

Mi  havas  floron,  birdon  kaj  libron. 
I  have  a  flower,  a  bird  and  a  book. 
Mi  havas  florojn  birdojn  kaj  librojn. 
I  have  flowers,  birds  and  books. 

This  form  of  the  objective  is  not  used  in  English, 
but  as  Esperanto  is  a  language  to  be  used  by  all 
nations,  and  having  to  unite  clearness  with  simpli- 
city, it  had  to  be  so  formed  that  however  the  words 
in  a  sentence  may  be  arranged,  the  subject  and 
object  cannot  be  read  one  for  another.! 

*  Alternative  forms  are  Frandando,  Anglolando. 

f  For  a  special  Note  on  the  use  of  the  Accusative  see  p.  166. 


29 

4.  Possession  is  denoted  as  follows  : — 

La  domn  de  lapatro,  the  father's  house. 
La  libro  de  la  patrino,  the  mother's  book. 
La  capelo  de  Johano,  John's  hat. 

5.  The  direction,  or  place  towards  which  one  goes, 
also  takes  the  sign  of  the  objective  case,  "  n,"  as  : 

Mi  ims  Ramon,  I  go  to  Rome.  La  hundo  saltis  sur 
la  liton,<  the  dog  jumped  on  (to)  the  bed.  (He  was 
not  on  the  bed  when  he  jumped,  he  was  on  the  floor 
or  elsewhere,  and  from  there  he  jumped  on  to  the 
bed). 

But,  La  hundo  saltis  sur  la  lito  means  he  was  on  the 
bed,  and  then  jumped  about  oh  it. 

6.  The  feminine  is  formed  by  inserting — in — before 
the  termination  o  or  oj,  as  :    patro,  patr-in-o,  father, 
mother. 

Edzo,  eiz-in-o,  husband,  wife.  Koko,  kok-in-o,  cock, 
hen. 

Mi  vidis  la  edzon  kaj  la  edzinon,  I  saw  the  husband 
and  the  wife. 

7.  "  N "  is  also  used  in    words   signifying   date. 
Li  venis  lundon,  he  came  (on)  Monday. 

8.  In  words  expressing  weight,  measure,  price  and 
duration  "N  "  is  likewise  added,  as  Si kantis du horojn, 
she  sang  (for)  2  hours. 

The   Adjective. 

1.  All  adjectives,  and  participles  when  used  as 
adjectives,  end  in  "  a,"  as  : 

Forta,  strong.     Rica,  rich.     Brava,  brave. 
La  bona  patro,  la  bela  patrino  kaj  lajuna  filo  (sing). 
The  good  father,  the  beautiful    mother  and  the 
young  son. 


30 

La  bonaj  patroj,  la  belaj  patrinoj  kaj  la  junaj  filoj 
(plur.). 

The  good  fathers,  the  beautiful  mothers  and  the 
young  sons. 

2.  If  an  adjective  qualifies  or  refers  to  a  noun  in 
the  objective  case  such  adjective  must  also  take  the 
sign  of  that  case,  "  n,"  as  : 

Mi  trovis  junan  birdon  en  la  Qardeno. 
I  found  a  young  bird  in  the  garden. 
hi  aceti*  du  carmajn  librojn. 
I  bought  two  charming  books. 

3.  The  adjective  may  precede  or  follow  the  noun 
it  qualifies,  as  : 

Ali  havas  novan  capelon,  or  mi  havas  capelon  novan,  I 
have  a  new  hat. 

4.  As  already  stated,  participial  adjectives,  that  is 
participles  used  as  adjectives,  follow  the  above  rules. 

Amanta  amiko,  a  loving  friend.  Amantaj  amikoj, 
loving  friends. 

Adjectives  must  never  be  used  as  adverbs,  nor 
adverbs  as  adjectives. 

Comparison   of   Adjectives. 

1.  Adjectives  are  compared  as  follows  : — 

The  comparative  of  equality  is,  tiel — kiel,  as — 
as.  (1). 

The  comparative  of  superiority  is,  pli — ol,  more — 
than.  (2). 

The  comparative  of  inferiority  is,  malpli — ol,  less — 
than.  (3). 

Fi  estas  tiel  forta  kiel  li.  You  are  as  strong  as 
he.  (1). 

Fi  estas  pli  forta  ol  li.  You  are  stronger  than 
he  (2). 


31 

Vi  estas  mnlpli  forta  ol  li  You  are  less  strong 
(weaker)  than  he.  (3). 

2.  The  superlative  of  superiority  is  laplej  (—el)  the 
most  ( — of,  in,  amongst).      (4). 

The  superlative  of  inferiority  is  la  malplej  ( — el}  the 
least  ( — of,  in,  amongst).  (5). 

Li  estas  la  plej  kuratfa  homo  en  la  mondo  (el  ni  ciuj).  (4). 

He  is  the  most  courageous  man  in  the  world 
(amongst  us  all). 

Mi  estas  la  plej  rica  el  ciuj.     (4). 

I  am  the  richest  of  all. 

Mi  estas  la  malplej  forta  el  ni.     (5). 

I  am  the  least  strong  (weakest)  amongst  us. 

3.  The  superlative  absolute  is  indicated  by  "  tre," 
"very." 

Mia  patro  estas  tre  rica  kaj  tre  felica. 
My  father  is  very  rich  and  very  happy. 

Numerals. 

1.  The  cardinal  numbers  are  :    Unu  (1),  du  (2),  tri 
(3),  kvar  (4),  fain  (5),  ses  (6),  sep  (7),  ok  (8),  naU  (9), 
dek  (10),  cent  (100),  mil  (1000). 

2.  The  tens  and  hundreds  are  formed  by  the  aid 
of  the  numbers  preceding:  Dek  (10)  or  cent  (100),  as 
dudek   (20),    tndek   (30),    sesddc  (60),    naiidek    (90), 
kvarcent  (400),  kvincent  (500),  naucent  (900). 

3.  The  intermediate  numbers  between  10  and  100 
are  formed  as  follows:     Dek-du  (12),    dek-sep  (17), 
dek-naii  (19),  tridek-sep  (37),   sepdek-kvin  (75),    naticent 
tridek-du  (932),  sepcent  okdek-unu  (781),  mil  naticent  tri 
(1903). 

The  use  of  the  hyphen  is  not  obligatory. 

4.  Ordinals   are   formed   from   the   corresponding 
cardinals  by  adding  the  termination  "a"  of  adjectives. 

Unw  (first),  kvara  (fourth),  dek-unua  (eleventh), 
kvindek-tria  (fifty -third),  ducent-dudek-tria  (two  hundred 
and  twenty -third),  milnaucent-tria  (1903  A.D.). 


32 

5.  Tf  the  cardinal  number  is  composed  of  different 
numbers,  "  a"  is  added  to  the  last  only. 

G.  Ordinals  being  in  reality  adjectives,  they  follow 
the  rules  of  adjectives  as  to  case  and  number,  as  : 

Donu  al  li  la  unuan,  kaj  prenu  la  kvaran. 

Give  him  the  first  and  take  the  fourth. 

7.  Cardinals  undergo  no  change. 

8.  Fractional  numbers  are  formed  by  adding  "  on  " 
to  the  cardinals,  and  then  adding  "  o  "  or  "  a  "  accord- 
ing as  they  are  nouns  or  adjectives.     La  centona  parto 
de  la  mono,  the  hundredth  part  of  the  money.     Kvar 
estas  la  duono  de  ok,  four  is  the  half  of  eight.    Tri  okonoj, 
three  eighths  (f).     Kvin  seponnj,  five-sevenths  (y). 

9.  Multiples  are  formed  by  adding  "obi"  to  the 
cardinals,  and   then  adding  "o"  or  "a"  as  in  frac- 
tionals,  to  mark  the  noun  or  adjective.  Duobla,  double. 
Triobla,  triple.     Sepobla,  sevenfold. 

10.  Collectives  are  formed  .by  adding  "op"  to  the 
cardinals,  and  then  adding  "a"  or  "e"  according  as 
they   are   adjectives   or   adverbs.      Duope,    by  twos. 
Dekope>  by  tens. 

11.  Once,  twice,  thrice,  etc.,  are  formed  by  adding 
the  word  "  foje  "  to  the  cardinals,  as   Unufoje,  once. 
Dufoje,  twice.     Trifoje,  thrice,  etc. 

Personal    Pronouns. 

1.  The  personal  pronouns  are  :  Mi,  I.      Vi,  thou,* 
you.     Li,  he.     Si,  she.     Gi,  it.     Ni,  we.     Hi,  they. 

Oni,  they,  we,  people,  it.    This  is  the  French  "on." 
Si,  self,  reflexive  pronoun,  of  all  genders  and  num- 
bers.    This  pronoun  is  naturally  of  the  third  person. 

2.  They  form  the  objective  case  in  the  same  way 
as  nouns :  Min,  me.     Vin,  you.     Lin,  him.     Sin,  her. 
Gin,  it.     Nin,  us.     Ilin,  them. 

*  "  Thou  "  in  familiar  address  is  represented  by  "  Ci,"  but 
tli is  is  rarely  used  in  Esperanto. 


33 

Aft  trovis  lin  en  la  Qardeno  kun  mia  r-atro. 
\  found  him  in  the  garden  with  my  father. 
Si  vidis  nin  en  la  dormocambro. 
She  saw  us  in  the  bedroom. 
Oni  diras,  "per  mono  oni  poms  aceti  cion" 
They  say  (it  is  said) :    "  By  means  of  money  one 
can  buy  everything." 

3.  Gi  (it)  is  used,  as  in  English,  to  represent  things, 
and  also  persons  and  animals,  the  name  of  which  does 
not  reveal  the  sex. 

La  infano  ploras,  car  Qi  estas  malsata. 
The  infant  cries,  because  it  is  hungry. 

4.  Before  impersonal  (sometimes  named  unipersonal) 
verbs  Gi  is  understood.     Negas,  it  snows.     Pluvis,  it 
rained.     Tondros,  it  will  thunder.     Estas  necese  mangi, 
it  is  necessary  to  eat. 

Possessive    Pronouns. 

1.  The  possessive  pronouns  (which  are  essentially 
adjectives)    are     formed     from    the    corresponding 
personal  pronouns  by  adding  "  a  "  to  them,  as  :    Afta, 
my,  mine.     Via,  your,  yours.     Lia,   his.     Sia,  her, 
hers      Gia,  its.     Nia,  our,  ours.     Ilia,  their,  theirs. 

Mia  patro  kaj  via  frato  estis  en  la  domo. 

My  father  and  your  brother  were  in  the  house. 

2.  In  sentences  like  the  following  these  possessivea 
may,  or  may  not,  be  preceded  by  the  definite  article 
"  la,"  as  : 

Miafratino  estas  pli  Ma  ol  (la)  via. 
My  sister  is  more  beautiful  than  yours. 

3.  They  form  the  objective  case  in  the  same  way 
as  nouns  and  adjectives,  that  is,  by  the  addition  of 
"n." 

Hi  vidis  vianfraton  kaj  mian  fratinon. 
They  saw  your  brother  and  my  sister. 
C 


34 

4.  Also,  like  nouns  and  adjectives,  they  form  their 
plurals  by  adding  "  j  "  to  the  singular. 
Mi  trovis  miajn  librojn  en  la  skatolo. 
I  found  my  books  in  the  box. 

Sia,    Lia,    etc. 

1.  The  correct  use  of  these  possessives  demands 
attention.     They  must  not  be  used  indiscriminately  ; 
each   has   its   distinct  and   separate  role.      In   such 
(English)  sentences  as  :  "  John  saw  my  father  and  his 
friend,"  there  is  a  doubt  whose  "  friend  "  is  meant. 
Is   it   "John's"   friend   or   the    "father's"   that  is 
meant  ? 

2.  In  Esperanto  there  can  be  no  such  ambiguity, 
(a).  Johano  vidis  mian  patron  kaj  lian  amikon.  (b).  Johano 
vidis  mian  patron  kaj  sian  amikon.     Now,  the  rule  is 
Sia  can  only  refer  to  the  subject  of  the  sentence  or 
proposition  in  which  it  occurs.      Therefore  in  (a), 
Johano  being  the  subject,  lian  cannot  refer  to  him,  but 
to  the  father,   "John  saw  my  father  and  his  (the 
father's)  friend."     In  (b),  again  taking  the  rule,  Sian 
does  refer  to  Johano  ;   consequently  it  means  "  John 
saw  my  father  and  his  (John's)  friend."     Petro  skribis 

al  Johano,  ke  li  alkonduku  al  li   \    .      \  cevalon.        In 

( stan  ) 

this  example  lian  refers  to  Peter's  horse,  because 
Peter  is  not  the  subject  of  proposition.  Sian,  on  the 
contrary,  does  refer  to  the  subject  (li)  of  the  propo- 
sition, therefore  it  is  John's  horse  is  meant.  By  the 
correct  use  of  these  pronouns  all  ambiguity  is 
avoided. 

The    Verb    (ACTIVE    VOICE). 

1.  There  is  no  such  thing  as  an  irregular  verb  in 
Esperanto.  Therefore  when  the  pupil  has  learned 
the  conjugation  of  one  verb,  he  knows  the  conjugation 
of  every  verb  in  the  language. 


35 

2.  /,  final,  denotes  the  infinitive  mood,  as : 

Ami,  to  love.     Doni,  to  give.     Havi*  to  have. 

As,  final,  denotes  the  present  tense  of  verbs. 

Mi  amas,  I  love.     Li  amas,  he  loves,  etc. 

Is,  final,  denotes  the  past  tense  of  verbs. 

Vi  amis,  you  loved.     Hi  amis,  they  loved,  etc. 

Os,  final,  denotes  the  future  tense  of  verbs. 

Si  amos,  she  will  love.     Gi  amos,  it  will  love,  etc. 

Us,  final,  denotes  the  conditional  mood  of  verbs. 

Mi  amus,  I  should  or  would  love,  etc. 

U,  final,  denotes  the  imperative  mood  of  verbs. 

Amu,  love.     Li,  Si,  fy  finu,  let  him,  her,  it  finish. 

Ni,  Hi  finu,  let  us,  let  them  finish. 

3.  This  form  in  £7  is  also  used  for  the  subjunctive 
mood,  as  ke  mi  amu,  that  I  may  love,  etc. 

4.  The  personal  pronouns  must  always  be  expressed 
before  the  verb,   except  in  the  case  of  impersonal 
verbs. 

Participle*. 

1.  The  active   voice   has   three   participles  which 
help  to  form  the  perfect  tenses  of  verbs. 

2.  Anta  final,  denotes  the  present  participle  (active) 
It  is  the  same  as  the  English  participle  in — ing. 

Amanta,  loving.     Leganta,  reading. 
2nta,  final,  denotes  the  past  participle  (active). 
It  is  the  same  as  the  English  participle,  in — ed,  en, 
etc. 

Aminta,  having  loved,     Skribinta,  having  written. 


*  Note  that  in  Esperanto  "  have"  is  not  an  auxiliary,  but 
always  a  principal,  active  verb,  <lenoting  possession  and 
therefore  governs  the  objective  case. 


36 

Onfa,  final,  denotes  the  future  participle. 
This  has  no  participial  equivalent  in  English. 
Mi  estas  amonta,  I  am  about  to  love. 

3.  These  participles  can  be  used  as  nouns,  adjec- 
tives,  and  adverbs,    in   which   case    they  take   the 
distinctive  terminations  of  these  parts  of  speech,  and 
are   subject  to  the  same   rules   as   to   number  and 
case. 

Amanta  amiko,  a  loving  friend  (participial  adjec- 
tive). 

Legante  ni  lernas,  by  reading,  we  learn  (participial 
adverb). 

La  legonto,  the  person  (who  is)  about  to  read 
(participial  noun). 

4.  When  Esti,  to  be,  is  used  to   form  the  com- 
pound tenses,  it  is  always  translated  as  follows  : — 

Mi  estAS  amANTA,   I  am  loving. 

Mi  estAS  amlNTA,    I  have  loved. 

Mi  estAS  araONTA,    I  am  about  to  love. 

Mi  estIS  omANTA,  I  was  loving. 

Mi  estIS   amINTA,    I  had  loved. 

Mi  estlS   araONTA,   I  was  about  to  love. 

Mi  estQS  amANTA,   I  shall  be  loving. 

Mi  estOS  amINTA,    I  shall  have  loved. 

Mi  estOS  amONTA,   I  shall  be  about  to  love. 

5.  As  will  be  seen  from  the  above  examples  the 
present   participle  of  the  active  verb,  preceded   b^ 
the  different    parts   of  Esti,   is   used  to   form   th- 
"  progressive  "  tenses,  as : 

Mi  estas  amanta,  I  am  loving. 

Mi  estis  amanta,  I  was  loving. 

Mi  estos  skribanta,  I  shall  be  writing.  But  these 
forms  are  avoided  as  far  as  possible  in  Esperanto,  the 
simpler  forms  being  used — Mi  amas,  mi  amis,  mi  amos. 


37 


The  Passive  Voice. 

1.  In  addition  to  the  three  participles  of  the  active 
verb,  there  are  also  three  participles  for  the  passive 
2orm  of  the  verb. 

2.  Ata,    final,    denotes     the     present    participle 
(passive). 

Amata,  loved  (now).     Skribata,  written  (now). 
//«,  final,  denotes  the  past  participle  (passive). 
Amita,  been  loved.     Skribila,  been  written. 
Ota,  final,  denotes  the  future  participle  (passive). 
Amota,  about  to  be  loved. 
Skribota,  about  to  be  written. 

3.  In  the  same  way  as  participles  of  the  active  verb, 
these   participles  may  be  used  as  nouns,  adjectives, 
and  adverbs,  and  are  subject  to  the  same  rules. 

4.  The  passive  voice  is  formed  by    the   different 
part  of   Esti  joined  to  one  of  the  passive  participles. 

5.  The  following  examples  illustrate  this : 

Mi  estAS  awiATA,       I  am  loved. 

Mi  &s/AS  amITA,        I  have  been  loved. 

Mi  estAS  awOTA,      I  am  about  to  be  loved. 

Mi  estlS    cwiATA,      I  was  loved. 

Mi  estlS    amITA,       I  had  been  loved. 

Mi  estIS    amOTA,      I  was  about  to  be  loved. 

Mi  estOS  awATA,      I  shall  be  loved. 

Mi  estOS  amITA,       I  shall  have  been  loved. 

Mi  estOS  amOTA,      I  shall  be  about  to  be  loved. 

6.  The  preposition  "by"  which  precedes  the  com- 
plement of  the  passive  voice  is  translated  by  "  de." 

Li  estas  amata  de  ciuj. 

He  is  (being)  loved  by  all. 


38 

Si  estis  amata  de  sia  patrino. 

She  was  loved  by  her  mother. 

7.  These  participles  are  sometimes  used  as  adverbs 
in  the  same  way  as  the  active  participles.  The  "  a  " 
final  is  then  changed  to  "e,"  but  they  do  not  take  the 
termination  "  j  "  of  the  plural. 

Batate  de  la  patro,  la  infano  ekploris. 

Being  beaten  by  the  father,  the  child  began  to 
weep. 

Prepositions. 

1.  Prepositions  in  Esperanto  govern  the  nomina- 
tive case,  and  not  the  objective  case,  as  in  English. 

Li  kuris  al  ni,  he  ran  to  us. 

La  hundo  estas  en  la  cambro,  the  dog  is  in  the 
room. 

2.  Every  preposition  has  a  fixed  and  definite  mean- 
ing.    Hence  the  pupil  must  guard  against  translating 
the  English  preposition  by  its  apparent  corresponding 
one  in  Esperanto.     To  do  so  would  be  the  source  of 
very  grave  errors. 

3.  Let  the  pupil,  then,  be  careful  to  take  always 
that   preposition,    the  sense  of   which  in  Esperanto 
expresses  clearly  the  idea  he  wishes  to  express. 

4.  If  a  preposition  is  to  be  employed  in  a  sentence 
where  the  choice  is  not  definite  from  the  sense  of  the 
phrase,  then  in  such  case  use  the  preposition  "Je," 
the  only  one  in  the  language  whose  signification  is 
not  defined.    In  addition  to  this,  an  alternative  course 
is  open,  namely,  omit  the  preposition  and  use  the 
objective  case,  when   no   ambiguity   or  confusion  is 
likely  to  arise  from  doing  so. 

Li  (jqjasje  tio,  or  Li  gojas  tion,  he  rejoices  at  (over) 
that.  Mi  ploras  je  via  naiveco,  or  Mi  ploras  vian 
naivecon,  I  weep  at  your  simplicity. 

5.  The   correct   use    of    prepositions  can  best   be 
learnt  by  reading  works  in  Esperanto 


39 


6.  List  of  the  most  common  prepositions  : 


Apud, 

near,  at  the  side 

Per,      by  means  of. 

of. 

Po,       by(withnnmbers) 

Dum, 

during. 

at  the  rate  of. 

En, 

in. 

Super,  over,  above. 

Preter, 

beside,  beyond. 

Sur,      on,  upon  (resting 

Sen, 

without. 

on,  touching). 

Sub, 

under,  beneath. 

Pro,      for  the  sake  of,  on 

De, 

of,  from. 

account  of. 

Kontrau, 

against. 

Al,        to,towards(where 

Ce, 

at. 

one  goes). 

Inter, 

between,  among. 

Da,       of    (after    words 

Gis, 

up  to,  until. 

of      number, 

Krom, 

except,  besides. 

weight,  etc.) 

Malgrati, 

in  spite  of. 

Ekster,  outside,  besides. 

Post, 

after,  behind. 

Par,      for,  in  favour  of, 

LaA, 

according  to. 

in  order  to  (be- 

Anstatati, 

instead  of. 

before  infini- 

Antati,, 

before,  in  front 

tives). 

of. 

Tra,      through. 

CirkaU, 
Kun, 

about,  around. 
with,incompany 

p  .     /about,  concerning 
'    \regarding,  of. 

with. 

Trans,  across. 

El, 

from,  out  of. 

Prepositions  always  precede  their  complement. 

The    Adverb. 

1.  There    are   two   kinds  of   adverbs  :    (1),  those 
which  are  derived  from  adjectives,  nouns,  etc.  ;  and 
(2)  a  class  of  simple  words  which  are  not  derived,  but 
which  are,  by  nature,  adverbs. 

2.  Derived  adverbs  always  end  in  "e,"  as :  Bone,  well. 
Carme,  charmingly.   Rapide,  malrapide,  quickly,  slowly. 

3.  These  are  compared  in  the  same  way  as  adjectives. 
Si  kuras  tiel  rapide  kiel  Johano. 

She  runs  as  quickly  as  John. 


40 

Li  kantas  pli  bone  ol  vi. 

He  sings  better  than  you. 

Vt  kantas  la  plej  carme  el  ciuj. 

You  sing  the  most  charmingly  of  all. 

4.  The  other  class  of  adverbs  has  no  distinctive 
termination.  Amongst  the  most  important  are  the 
following : — 


.llmenati, 

at  least. 

Id, 

somehow,      in 

Ambaii, 

both. 

some  way,  or 

Ankaii, 

also. 

manner. 

A        it 

(  hardly. 

Neniel, 

nohow,   in   no 

pena  , 

^scarcely. 

manner. 

AH, 

or. 

Jam-ne, 

no  —more. 

Kaldaii, 

soon. 

Jen-Jen, 

sometimes  — 

Ciam, 

always, 

sometimes. 

Cie, 

everywhere. 

Jupli  .  .  .  \ 

the  more  —  the 

jam, 

already. 

des  pli) 

more. 

Kial, 

why. 

Jus, 

just  (now). 

Kiam, 

when. 

Ne, 

no,  not. 

Kie, 

where. 

Tute  ne, 

not  at  all. 

Tf* 

(how  much. 

Plu, 

more. 

Atom, 

(how  many. 

Nek, 

neither. 

Nun, 

now. 

Tuj, 

immediately. 

Nur, 

only. 

Tuj  kiam, 

as  soon  as. 

Preskaii, 

nearly. 

Tiam, 

then. 

Adiaif,, 

adieu. 

Tiam  kiam, 

then  when. 

Kiel  ajn, 

however. 

For, 

forth,  out. 

Kie  ajn, 

wherever. 

Tiel, 

thus,  so. 

Kiam  ajn, 

whenever. 

Nenie, 

nowhere. 

Troe, 

excessively. 

4 

somewhere. 

Treege, 
Cu-Cu, 

exceedingly, 
whether  — 

Ciujare, 
Ciumonate, 

yearly, 
monthly. 

whether. 

Ciutage*, 

daily. 

EC, 

even. 

*  Ciutagt,  etc.,  are  used  in  the  adjectival  form  in  such 
expressions  as  CiiUaga  gazeto,  a  daily  (everyday-ly)  paper. 
Our  common  expression  logically  means  a  paper  published 
during  the  hours  of  sunlight,  not  one  published  every  day. 


41 

Adverbs,  as  a  rule,  immediately  precede  or  follow 
the  word  to  which  they  refer  or  qualify. 

Ne  and  words  used  in  the  comparison  of  adverbs, 
such  as  ire,  pli,  plej,  malpli,  etc.,  always  precede  the 
word  to  which  they  relate  or  modify. 


Conjunctions. 

1.  Conjunctions  in  Esperanto  exercise  no  influence 
whatsoever  over  any  words  in  a  sentence.     They  are 
simply  used  to  join  words  and  sentences  together.* 

2.  They  always  precede  verbs,  though  not  neces- 
sarily immediately  preceding. 

3.  The  following  is  a  list  of  the  chief  conjunctions  : 

Alie,  otherwise.  Sed,          but. 

AH,  or.  Tial,         therefore. 

AH — ail,  either— or.  Nek— nek,  neither — nor. 

Car,  for,  because.  Do,  then,    indeed, 

Dum,  while.  therefore. 

Gis,  until,  up  to.  Apenau,        scarcely. 

Ja,  indeed,  in  fact.  Se  tamen,      if  however, 

Ke,  that.  therefore. 

Sekve,  consequently.  Name,  that  is  to  say, 

Se,  if.  to  wit,  namely. 

EC  se,  even  if. 

K.    t.  p.    or  k.   c.  —  Kaj  tiel  plu,  kaj   cetera,   and 
so  on,  and  so  forth,  etc. 

T.  e.  =  tio  estas,  that  is,  that  is  to  say. 


*  "Antan    ol,"    "Anstataa"    and    "por"  are    generally 
followed  by  the  infinitive  mood. 

"  Por  ke  "  is  always  followed  by  the  imperative  mood. 


42 


0) 

E 

«-o 
•  e  x-£ 
Big    "•* 

»-<.       o 
ec  -<s>        £ 

gill 

a 

o  .«  l!1 

_  Bll 

*"  o 

a 

•*»    ^5 

*  J 

*"  ^^ 

i 

a 

c 

|| 

e  -g^ 

a  1  Is 

6     c° 

dl     ? 
«  §     £ 

•S     2 

.     •*•*                C     Q 

**  €    s~o 

a 

o 

•5 

£  § 

o 

g 

§ 

I 

c 

eS  ^ 

r*       C  '^ 

a)  *3^ 

t-^                C5 

C:    -<s»       ca  ]5 

c  .g  i  ^^ 

si  .§  -c  a 

^;    •»     J;  — 
61  ^     J=  d 

S3  •«     °f 

J= 

,0 

t 

^     ^| 
_e 

"1 

a 

"5 
•B 

c 

<r.   o> 

00    £ 

2 

a 

x     § 

o  5||l 

^3      Ib 

s  .1  11 

S3',S     "S 

-o    ^  J" 

s-s  x*a 

b  * 

S  a  » 

• 

B 

o     -5 

•2     -c 

5  % 

is 

C   efi 
b    CJ 

I 
S   '^   S 

ll 

b 

*•*  -w  '•*  g£ 

e4    S      « 

"     S   »       S 

•*  -2    ^  s 

">  -S   a  S  ^"S, 

!        ^* 

c  = 

S  c 

O  o  S  ^* 

8    5 

o  c 

OS 

"°g 

^ 

6 

V 

'eg 

S 

0? 

o 

a 

H 

O 

>3 

a 

CJ 

43 


1 

"S    X 

3 

J3  ^ 

ll 

S 

C  "s> 

.    «o     o  c 

3-3*    «° 

3.2  i 

3.1    11 

1  • 

Q£ 

js 

gl 

"^5 

o 

• 

9 

n 

• 

>     >> 

•^''3 

S  e  1  § 

»        %> 

"^*     .E 

S  "3     •- 
•    ^  'S  2  = 

•B    -58 

33      2*          O  O 

|1 
II 

S  3  ° 

?-       2 

^  §  c  °" 

S          C   = 

03 

^     c  c 

6  a      o 

il 

ll 

|| 

— 

X 

-=- 

1*          M 
o  «         a 

*O 

•*•   .  -         ~ 

"?  '8    a 

(&    ?££ 
* 

§1^1 

t^    S   '*  a 

o  o  a 

» 

«n|i! 

°s      1 

5*        t 
•22        I  j 

^S         «    g 

-3      »  '•§ 

• 
**      1  1 

«s     u  a 

.2  «           °   '» 

•  • 

fc*  00 

_ 

~  a.        «    « 

•«"« 
.jj.S    is 

2  c 

sj  1  *1 

o       o 

c      c 
•     ^      °—  p 

.22               >    >• 
•c  S          '-S   S 

:1  .  as 

7;  •*•       At        o     *3 

1  £ 

»;; 

"~    "3  S 

S       > 

IB! 

V    0> 

0   <* 

** 

0) 

i^  5  1  i 

ill  ?l 

_  s  i  *  - 

«  *ii| 

•«*    ^  *  -^ 

»» 

^•8  |5 
I* 

•  -C.    z      "~ 

A 

i  -> 

iS 

If  fll 

s-3    «  «. 

•ii«a 
r  §  8  1 

i 

-  ^  s  •&  •& 

11  f  ^  -8 

*3  M     x     x     3 

"i 

d 

> 

^j" 

0  0    <c     q=    £ 

•z  1  1  1 

.2 

bb 

<a 

^3 

aV    a    a  a 

'S 

• 

c 

C 

S 

S*^    t<    fc- 

1 
£ 

H 

C? 

c 

•i  i" 

M 

s 

.   o 

".t~ 


Ei 


HOW    TO    BUILD    UP    NEW    WORDS. 


In  order  to  create  new  words,  as  mentioned  on 
pages  25  and  26,  it  is  only  necessary  for  the  student 
to  learn  the  following  simple  rules  : — 

(1).  GRAMMATICAL  TERMINATIONS. — For  example, 
from  the  root  am!  (which  expresses  the  idea  of  love), 
we  can  form  : 

am'i  to  love  (vb.),  am'o  love  (subst.),  am'&  loving 
(adj.),  am'e  lovingly  (adv.),  mi  am'as  I  love, 
etc.,  etc. 

mort'  (the  idea  of  death),  mort'i  to  die,  mort'o  death, 

mart's,  mortal  (adj.),  mort'int'o  (the)  deceased,  etc. 

parol'i  to  speak,  parol'o  speech,  parol'a,  oral,  spoken, 

parol'&nt'o  speaker,  etc. 

natur'o  nature,  natur'a  natural,  nature,  naturally, 
etc. 

(2)  PREFIXES  AND  SUFFIXES  (of  which  some 
thirty  are  in  common  use) : 

mal — denotes  the  opposite  of  any  idea : 

bon'a  good,  mal'bon'a  evil ; 
amik'o  friend,  mal'amik'o  enemy. 
fort' a  strong,  mal' fort  a  weak ; 
bel'a  beautiful,  mal'bel'a  ugly  ; 
goj'i  to  rejoice,  mal'floj'i  to  mourn  ; 
ben'i  to  bless,  mal'ben'i  to  curse. 

in — denotes  the  feminine  gender  : 

patr'o  father,  patr'in'o  mother ; 
frat'o  brother,  frat'in'o  sister ; 
knab'o  boy,  knab'in'o  girl ; 
bov'o  bull,  bov'in'o  cow. 


45 

il — denotes  the  instrument  by  which  something  is 

done  : 

tranZi  to  cut,  trancil'o  a  kmfe  ; 
komb'i  to  comb,  komb'il'o  comb  ; 
Tcudr'i  to  sew,  kudr'il'o  needle  ; 
tond'i  to  clip,  tond'il'o  scissors. 

ad — denotes  the  continuation  of  an  action  : 

spir'i  to  breathe,  spir'ad'o  respiration,  breathing  ; 

pu£o  a  push,  pus  ad' o  a  pushing  ; 

instru'i  to  instruct,  instru'ad'o  instruction. 

aj — denotes  something   made    from,  or  having   the 

quality  of  what  is  mentioned  : 
mal'nov'a  old,  mal'nov'aj'o  an  old  thing,  an  antique  ; 
mol'a  soft,  mol'afo  a  soft  thing ; 
frit'i  to  fry,  frit'afo  a  fritter. 

an — denotes  a  member,  inhabitant,  or  partisan  : 
stat'o  a  state,  stal'an'o  a  member  of  a  state,  a  citizen ; 
wlacfo  a  village,  rilag'an'o  a  villager  ; 
Amerik'o  America,  Amerik'an'o  an  American. 

ar — denotes  a  collection  of  the  thing  mentioned  : 
arb'o  a  tree,  arb'ar'o  a  forest ; 
insul'o  an  island,  insular' o  an  archipelago  ; 
vort'o  a  word,  vort'ar'o  a  dictionary. 

bo — denotes  a  relative  by  marriage  : 

patr'o  father,  bo'patr'o  father-in-law  ; 
fil'o  son,  bo'Jil'o  son-in-law. 

cj — these  letters  added  to  the  first  few  letters  of  a  mas 
culine  name  make  of  it  an  affectionate  diminutive : 
Petr'o  Peter,  1'e'dj'o  Pete  ; 

for  feminine  names  add  nj  instead  of  cj  .• 
Helen' o  Helen,  Hele'nj'o,  He'nj'o,  Nellie. 


46 

dis — denotes  separation  and  dissemination  : 
jd'i  to  throw,  dis'jet'i  to  throw  about ; 
sem'i  to  sow,  dis'sem'i  to  scatter,  disseminate. 

ebl — denotes  possibility  : 

kred'i  to  believe,  kred'ebl'a  credible  ; 
fleks'i  to  bend,  fleks'ebl'a  flexible ; 
leg'i  to  read,  leg' ebl' a  legible. 

ec — denotes  an  abstract  quality  : 
bel'a  beautiful,  bel'ec'o  beauty  ; 
vir'irio  woman,  vir'in'ec'o  womanliness  ; 
amik'o  friend,  amik'ec'o  friendliness  ; 
simpl'a  simple,  simpl'ec'o  simplicity. 

edz — denotes  a  married  person  : 

doktor'o  doctor,  doktw'edz'in'o  doctor's  wife. 
eg — denotes  enlargement  or  intensity  of  degree  : 

pord'o  door,  p<rrd'eg'o  portal,  outer-door  ; 

varm'a  warm,  varm'eg'a  hot ; 

bru'o  a  noise,  bru'eg'o  a  tumult ; 

paf'il'o  gun,  pafil'eg'o  cannon. 

ej — denotes  the  place  where  the  action  indicated  by 

the  root  word  takes  place  : 
dorm'i  to  sleep,  dorm'ej'o  a  dormitory  ; 
preg'i  to  pray,  pregiej'o  church  ; 
lern'i  to  learn,  lern'ej'o  school. 

ek — denotes  an  action  which  begins  or  is  of  short 

duration : 

kant'i  to  sing,  ek'kanfi  to  begin  to  sing  ; 
dorm'i  to  sleep,  ek'dorm'i  to  fall  asleep  ; 
rid'i  to  laugh,  ek'rid'i  to  burst  out  laughing. 

em — denotes  propensity  or  disposition  : 
envi'i  to  envy,  envi'em'a  envious  ; 
kred'i  to  believe,  kred'em'a  credulous  ; 
Spar'i  to  be  sparing,  Spar'em'a  frugal. 


47 

er — denotes  one  object  of  a  collection  : 
siM'o  sand,  sab'ler'o  a  graiti  of  sand ; 
polv'o  dust,  polv'er'o  a  grain  of  dust ; 
mon'o  money,  mon'er'o  a  coin  ; 
hajl'o  hail,  hajl'er'o  a  hailstone. 

estr — denotes  a  chief,  leader,  or  ruler : 
Sip'o  ship,  sip' estr' o  captain  ; 
regrio  kingdom,  regriestr'o  ruler. 

et — denotes  diminution  of  degree : 
bird'o  a  bird,  Urd'et'o  a  little  bird  ; 
rid'i  to  laugh,  rid'et'i  to  smile  ; 
dorm'i  to  sleep,  dorm'et'i  to  doze ; 
mal'varm'a  cold,  mal'varm'et'a  cool. 

ge — denotes  persons  of  both  sexes,  taken  together  : 
patr'o  father,  ge'patr'o'j  parents  ; 
mastr'o  master,  ye'mastr'o'j  master  and  mistress ; 
edtfo  husband,  ge'edz'o'j  married  pair. 

id — denotes  a  child  or  descendant,  or  the  young  of : 
kat'o  cat.,  kat'id'o  kitten  ; 
Napoleon'o  Napoleon,  Napoleon' id' o  descendant  of 

Napoleon  ; 
bov'o  ox,  bov'id'o  calf  ; 
safo  sheep,  §af'id'o  lamb. 

ig  —  denotes  the  causing  anything  to  be  (in  a  certain 

state)  : 

mort'i  to  die,  mort'ig'i  to  kill ; 
bel'a  beautiful,  bel'ig'i  to  beautify  ; 
pli'grand'a  larger,  pli' grand' ig'i  to  enlarge. 

t$ — denotes  the  action  of  becoming,  turning  to  : 
rica  rich,  riciy'i  to  enrich  one's  self; 
rug" a  red,  rug" iff i  to  blush  ; 
al  to,  al'itfi  to  join  one's  self  to. 


48 

ind — denotes  worthiness  : 

kred'i  to  believe,  kred'ind'a  worthy  of  belief 
laud'i  to  praise,  latid'ind'a  praiseworthy ; 
estim'i  to  esteem,  estim'ind'a  estimable. 

ing — denotes  a  holder,  that  into  which  one  object  is 

appropriately  put : 

cigar'o  cigar,  cigar'ing'o  a  cigar-holder ; 
kandel'o  a  candle,  Icandel'ing'o  a  candlestick ; 
plum'o  a  pen,  plum'ing'o  a  penholder. 

ist — denotes    a    person    of    a   given    profession    or 

occupation  : 

drog'o  a  drug,  drog'ist'o  a  druggist ; 
Stel'i  to  steal,  stel'ist'o  thief ; 
lav'i  to  wash,  lav'isl'in'o  washerwoman 
bot'o  boot,  boi'ist'o  bootmaker. 

moM'o — a  general  title  of  politeness : 
retfo  king,  li'a  re§'a  most'o  his  majesty  ; 
princ'o  prince,  Vi'aprinc'a  most'o  your  royal  highness ; 
Pi'a  most'o  your  honour,  your  worship. 

re — corresponds  to  the  English  re  =  again,  back  : 
kon'i  to  know,  re'kon'i  to  recognise  ; 
dorii  to  give,  re'don'i  to  give  back. 

uj — denotes  that  which  bears,  contains,  or  produces  : 
ink'o  ink,  ink'uj'o  an  inkstand  ; 
mon'o  money,  mon'ufo  purse ; 
plum'o  pen,  plum'ufo  pen-case ; 
pom'o  apple,  pom'uj'o  apple-tree ; 
Turk'o  a  Turk,  Turk'ufo  Turkey. 

td — denotes  one  remarkable  for  a  given  quality  : 

bel'a  beauty,  bel'ul'in'o  a  beauty  (feminine) 
tim'o  fear,  tim'ul'o  a  coward ; 
rita  rich,  ric'ul'o  a  rich  person. 


PART    II.— EXERCISES    ON    THE 
GRAMMAR. 


VOCABULAEY  FOR  LESSONS  1  &  2. 

Mai,  Prefix,  denotes  contraries,  as  Amiko,  Friend 
Malamiko,  Enemy. 

As  (final),  denotes  present  tense  of  verbs.  Is  (final), 
denotes  past  tense. 


Patro, 

Father. 

Li, 

He. 

Frato, 

Brother. 

Si, 

She. 

Knabo, 

Boy. 

Trovi, 

To  find 

Ifnndo, 

Dog. 

Libro, 

Book. 

Rica, 

Rich. 

Rozo, 

Rose. 

Sana, 

Healthy. 

Sur, 

Upon,  on. 

Forta, 

Strong. 

Tablo, 

Table. 

Amiko, 

Friend. 

Fidi, 

To  see. 

Kaj, 

And. 

Granda, 

Great. 

La, 

The. 

En, 

In,  into. 

Gi, 

It. 

Gardeno, 

Garden. 

Jen  estas, 

f  Here  is. 
\  Here  are. 

Esti, 
Cambro, 

To  be. 
Chamber. 

Porno, 

Apple. 

Kun, 

With. 

Floro, 

Flower. 

Cielo, 

Sky. 

Birdo, 

Bird. 

Blua, 

Blue. 

Tre, 

Very. 

Multe, 

Many,  much. 

Bona, 

Good. 

*Da, 

Of. 

Sed, 

But. 

De, 

Of. 

Filo, 

Sou. 

Domo, 

House. 

Mi, 

I. 

Onklo, 

Uncle. 

Havi, 

To  have. 

Beta, 

Beautiful. 

Used   only   after    words   indicating — Quantity,    Weight, 
Measure,  Number. 


50 
LESSON  1.— TEANSLATION. 

(To  be  read  aloitd  and  translated  by  Student). 

Patro,  patrino.  Frato,  fratino.  Knabo,  knabino, 
Hundo,  hundino.  Rica,  malrica.  Sana,  malsaua. 
Forta,  malforta.  Amiko,  malamiko.  Patro  kaj 
patrino.  La  frato  kaj  la  fratino.  Jen  estas  la  porno, 
la  floro,  la  birdo  kaj  la  libro.  La  patro  estas  tre  bona 
sed  la  filo  estas  malbona.  Mi  havas  la  floron.  Si 
havas  pomojn.  Mi  trovis  bonan  libron.  La  rozoj 
estas  sur  la  tablo.  Mi  vidis  grandan  hundon  en  la 
gardeno.  Li  estas  en  la  cambro  kun  la  onklino.  La 
cielo  estas  blua.  La  patroj  kaj  la  patrinoj  havas 
multe  da  libroj  kaj  birdoj.  La  onkloj  estas  tre 
malricaj.  La  domo  de  la  onklino  estas  tre  bela.  Jen 
estas  la  libro. 

LESSON  2.— COMPOSITION. 

The  father  and  the  mother.  I  have  a  rose.  The 
fathers  are  in  the  chamber.  The  daughter  is  very 
good.  The  uncle  is  poor.  The  dog  is  weak.  Here 
is  the  beautiful  book.  He  is  an  enemy.  The  uncle  is 
a  very  good  friend.  A  rose  and  a  book  are  on  the 
table.  The  uncles  and  the  aunts  have  a  very  beautiful 
house  and  garden.  She  is  in  the  chamber  with  the 
dog  of  the  aunt.  I  am  strong  but  he  is  very  weak. 
I  found  good  books  on  the  table  in  the  room.  Good 
books  are  good  friends,  but  bad  books  are  enemies. 
She  saw  beautiful  birds  in  the  small  garden.  The 
girls  are  very  good  but  the  boys  are  bad.  He  found 
many  books. 

VOCABULARY  FOR  LESSONS  3  &  4. 

Eg,  Augmentative,  denoting  highest  degree,  as 
Bruo,  A  noise,  Bruego,  A  tumult,  An  uproar.  Varmega, 
Broiling  hot. 


51 


Et,  Diminutive,  denoting  decrease,  as  Birdo,  A  bird. 
Birdeto,  A  little  bird. 

There  (place). 

What(thing) 

To  wish. 

Beautiful. 

Horse. 

To  give. 

To. 

To  speak. 

To  smoke. 

Cigar. 

Sir. 

Yes. 

Often. 

To-day. 

About. 

Concerning. 

Yesterday. 

To  need,  want. 

To  read. 

To-morrow. 

This. 

Day. 


LESSON  3.— TRANSLATION. 

Varma,  varmega.  Granda,  grandega.  Pluvo, 
pluvego.  Pordo,  pordego.  Libro,  libreto.  Domo, 
dometo.  Arbo,  arbeto.  Varma,  varmeta.  Dormi, 
dormeti.  Blanka  papero.  Blankaj  paperoj.  Juna 
filo.  Junaj  filoj.  Fluanta  akvo.  Amantaj  amikoj. 
Felica  knabo.  Felicaj  knabinoj.  Mi  acetos  teon, 
kafon,  kremon  kaj  sukeron.  Cu*  vi  trinkos  akvon, 

*  Cu  denotes  an  interrogation  when  no  other  interrogative 
word  such  as  Kiu,  Kio,  Kia,  etc.,  is  used. 
L>  1 


Varma, 

Warm. 

Tie, 

Pluvo, 

Rain. 

Kio, 

Poi-do, 

Door. 

Voli, 

Arbo, 

Tree. 

Bela, 

Dormi, 

To  sleep. 

Cevalo, 

Blanka, 

White. 

Doni, 

Papero, 

Paper. 

Al, 

Juna, 

Young. 

Paroli, 

Filo, 

Son. 

Fumi, 

Fluanta, 

Flowing. 

Cigaro, 

Akvo, 

Water. 

Sinjoro, 

Amanta, 

Loving. 

Jes, 

Felica, 

Happy. 

Ofte, 

Os    marks 

the     future 

Hodiati, 

tense. 
Aceti, 

To  buy. 

Pri, 

Teo, 

Tea. 

Hierau, 

Kafo, 

Coftee. 

Bezoni, 

Kremo, 

Cream. 

Legi, 

Sukero, 

Sugar. 

Morgan, 

Trinki, 

To  drink. 

Tiuci, 

Kiu, 

Who,  which. 

Togo, 

Frapi, 

To  knock. 

52 

vinon  au  teon  ?  Kiu  frapas  1  Kiu  estas  tie  1  Kiu 
vi  estas  1  Kion  vi  volas  1  Mi  volas  vidi  la  belan 
cevaleton  !  A  Donu  al  mi  la  libreton.  Mi  parolos  al 
la  patro.  Cu  vi  fumas,  sinjoro  1  Jes,  mi  ofte  fumas 
cigaron.  Vi  trovos  la  paperojn  sur  la  tableto  en  la 
gardenego  (or  granda  gardeno).  Mi  havas  belan 
dometon.  Mi  estas  juna,  li  estas  pli  juna,  sed  si  estas 
la  plej  juna.  Mi  parolos  hodiau  al  mia  patro,  pri  la 
libro,  kiun  vi  donis  al  mi  hieraii.  Mi  bezonas  paroli 
kun  vi.  Mi  legos  morgau  tiun  ci  libron.  Bonan 
tagon,  sinjorino. 

LESSON  4.— COMPOSITION. 

Father,  mother.  Brother,  sister.  Boy,  girl.  Dog 
(m.),  bitch.  Rich,  poor.  Healthy,  unhealthy.  Strong, 
weak.  Friend,  enemy.  Father  and  mother.  The 
brother  and  the  sister.  Here  is  the  apple,  the  flower, 
the  bird  and  the  book.  The  father  is  very  good,  but 
the  son  is  bad.  I  have  the  flower.  She  has  apples.  I 
found  (or  have  found)  a  good  book.  The  roses  are 
on  the  table.  I  saw  a  great  dog  in  the  garden.  He 
is  in  the  room  with  the  aunt.  The  sky  is  blue.  The 
fathers  and  the  mothers  have  many  books  and  birds. 
The  uncles  are  very  poor.  The  aunt's  house  is  very 
beautiful.  Here  is  the  book. 

VOCABULARY  FOR  LESSONS  5  &  6. 

EC,  Suffix,  denotes  a  quality  (abstract).  Felica, 
Happy.  Feliceco,  Happiness. 

Ar,  Suffix,  denotes  a  collection  of  things  mentioned. 
Insulo,  An  island.  Insularo,  An  archipelago.  Arbo,  A 
tree.  Arbaro,  A  forest. 

Simpla,  Simple.  Forto,  Word. 

Ebria,  Drunk.  Sana,  Healthy. 

rr  f  Wagon.  ,,,    .  ( Contented. 

ragorw,        {  Car»iage>        Kontenta,     {  pleasecL 

Branca,  Branch  (tree). Ke,  That(conjn.). 


53 


Pom, 

To  be  able.     Longa,            Long. 

Esti, 

To  be.            Larga,            Wide. 

Utila, 

Useful.            pj                 (Out  of. 

Prezenti, 

To  present.      f  '                \Amongst. 

Konsili, 

fTo  advise.      Ciuj,               All. 
\Counsel.         Min,               Me  (obj.). 

Fari, 

To  do,  make.Koni,              To  know. 

Ne, 

No,  not.          Honoro,           Honor. 

Scii, 

To  know.        Fin,               You  (obj.). 

E  denotes 

adverbs.              Proksima,        Near,  next. 

Bone, 

Well.               M.              /  My,  mine 

Gi, 

It.                                      \  (posa.). 

(  Affair,Matter/S'a/w/0             Salutation. 

Afero, 

\  Cause.             Sa$a,              Wise. 

Grava, 

Important.      Fet&ro,            Weather. 

Pano, 

Bread.             Kara,             Dear. 

Fresa, 

Fresh,  New.  Ricevi,            To  receive. 

/  That  (demv.  Via,                Your  (poss.). 

Tin, 

\  adj.)  or  that  Carma,           Charming. 

Sincera, 

1  person.           Posta  Karto\  -r,    .  n     •> 
Sincere.          orPoOkarto,)  P°St  Card" 

Admiri, 

To  admire.     Lelero,            Letter. 

TW 

f  At  once.         Rexpondi,        To  answer. 

2UJ, 

\  Immediately.  Danki,            To  thank. 

LESSON  5.— TRANSLATION. 

Simpla,  simpleco.  Bela,  beleco.  Ebria,  ebrieco. 
Amiko,  amikeco.  Vagono,  vagonaro.  Branco, 
brancaro.  Vorto,  vortaro.  Arbo,  arbaro.  Kio  estas 
pli  bona  ol  saneco  1  Mi  estas  tre  kontenta,  ke  mi 
povis  esti  utila  al  vi.  Kion  vi  konsilas  al  mi  fari  ? 
Mi  ne  scias  bone  ;  gi  estas  afero  grava.  Tiu  ci  pano 
estas  fresa,  sed  tiu  estas  pli  fresa.  Li  admiris  la 
longecon  kaj  la  largecon  de  tiu  ci  arbaro.  Mi  havas  la 
plej  grandan  vortaron  el  ciuj.  Cu  vi  min  konas  ? 


54 

Mi  ne  havas  la  honoron  vin  koni.  Li  estas  proksima, 
si  estas  pli  proksima,  sed  Johano  estas  la  plej 
proksima  el  ciuj.  El  ciuj  miaj  amikoj,  Ernesto  estas 
lu  malplej  forta.  A  Hi  estas  tre  felicaj.  Si  estas  tiel 
saga  kiel  bela.  Cu  estas  malvarma  vetero  hodiau  1 
Jes,  hodiaii  estas  bela  vetero.  Kara  ISinjoro,  Mi 
ricevis  vian  carman  postkarton  kaj  leteron,  al  kiuj 
mi  tuj  respondas.  Mi  dankas  vin,  kaj  prezentas  al 
vi  miajn  sincerajn  salutojn. 

LESSON  6.— COMPOSITION. 

Warm,  intensely  warm.  Great,  huge.  Rain,  a 
downpour.  Door,  gate  (portal).  Book,  booklet 
(tract).  House,  cottage  (little  house).  Tree,  shrub. 
Warm,  cool,  lukewarm.  To  sleep,  to  doze.  White 
paper,  white  papers.  A  young  son.  Young  sons. 
Flowing  water.  Loving  friends.  A  happy  boy. 
Happy  girls.  I  shall  buy  tea,  coffee,  cream  and  sugar. 
Will  you  drink  water,  wine  or  tea  ?  Who  knocks  1 
Who  is  there  ?  Who  are  you  1  What  do  you  want  1 
I  wish  to  see  the  beautiful  little  horse.  Give  (to) 
me  the  little  book  (booklet).  I  shall  speak  to  the 
father.  Do  you  smoke,  Sir  ?  Yes,  I  often  smoke  a 
cigar.  You  will  find  the  papers  on  the  little  table  in 
the  immense  garden.  I  have  a  beautiful  cottage.  I 
am  young,  he  is  younger,  but  she  is  the  youngest. 
I  shall  speak  to-day  to  my  father  about  (concerning) 
the  book  which  you  gave  (to)  me  yesterday.  I  need 
to  speak  with  you.  I  shall  read  this  book  to-morrow. 
Good  day,  Madam. 


VOCABULARY  FOR  LESSONS  7  &  8. 

Ek,  Prefix,  denotes  an  action  which  begins,  or  is  of 
short  duration.     Brili,  To  shine.     Ekbrili,  To  flash. 


55 

II,  Suffix,  denotes  the  instrument  by  which  a  thing 
is  done.     Kombi,  To  comb.     Kombilo,  A  comb. 


Ridi, 

To  laugh. 

Mardo, 

Tuesday. 

Kanti, 

To  sing. 

Jatido, 

Thursday. 

Krii, 

To  cry  (out). 

Februaro, 

February. 

B&ri, 

To  bore. 

Monato, 

Month. 

Clizi, 

To  carve 

Jaro, 

Year. 

(with  a  chisel)  Aprilo, 

April. 

Gladi, 

To  iron. 

Atigusto, 

August. 

Filtri, 

To  filter. 

Oktobro, 

October. 

Okulo, 

Eye. 

Novembro, 

November. 

Orelo, 

Ear. 

Pensi, 

To  think. 

Mano, 

Hand. 

Se, 

If. 

Buso, 

Mouth. 

Nur, 

Only. 

Hi, 

They. 

Iri, 

Togo. 

Promeni, 

To  promen- 

Teatro, 

Theatre. 

ade. 

Skribi, 

To  write. 

Ciutage, 

Every  day. 

Kelke  (da), 

Some  (of). 

Kampo, 

Field. 

Sendi, 

To  send. 

Gentila, 
01, 

/  Polite. 
\  Gentle. 
Than. 

Alportanto, 
Zorgi, 

A  bearer. 
(  To  care  about. 
\  To  see  to. 

Dimanco, 

Sunday. 

Bikto, 

Ticket. 

Semajno, 

Week. 

Kore, 

Heartily. 

Os  final  denotes  the  future  tense. 
/  final  denotes  the  infinitive  mood. 


LESSON  7.— TRANSLATION. 


Ridi,  ekridi.  Dormi,  ekdormj.  Kanti,  ekkanti. 
Krii,  ekkrii.  Bori,  borilo.  Cizi,  cizilo.  Gladi, 
gladilo.  Filtri,  filtrilo.  Mi  havas  du  okulojn,  du 
orelojn,  du  manojn,  sed  mi  havas  nur  unu  buSon.  Hi 


56 

promenas  ciutage  en  la  kampo  kun  du  grandaj 
hundoj.  Dek  kaj  dudek  faras  tridek.  Kvardek-unu 
kaj  dek-nau  faras  sesdek.  Kvin  homoj  povas  fari  pli 
multe  ol  unu.  Dimanco  estas  la  unua  tago  de  la 
semajno,  mardo  estas  la  tria  kaj  jaudo  estas  la  kvina. 
Februaro  estas  la  plej  mallonga  monato  de  la  jaro, 
car  gi  havas  nur  dudek-ok  tagojn.  Aprilo  estas  la 
kvara  monato  de  la  jaro,  Augusto  estas  la  oka, 
Oktobro  estas  la  deka  kaj  Novembro  estas  la  dek- 
unua.  Kara  sinjoro  ;  kion  vi  pensas,  se  hodiau  ni 
irus  en  la  teatron  ?  Skribu  kelkajn  vortojn  de 
respondo  kaj  sendu  ilin  per  la  alportanto  de  tiu  ci 
letero.  Mi  zorgos  pri  la  biletoj.  Kore  mi  vin 
salutas. 


LESSON  8.— COMPOSITION. 

Simple,  simplicity.  Beautiful,  beauty.  Drunk, 
drunkenness.  Friend,  friendliness.  Wagon,  car 
(railroad),  train.  Branch,  faggot.  Word,  dictionary. 
Tree,  forest.  What  is  better  than  health  1  I  am 
very  pleased  that  I  could  be  useful  to  you.  What 
do  you  counsel  (advise)  me  to  do  ?  I  do  not  well 
know,  it  is  a  grave  (or  important)  matter  (affair). 
This  bread  is  fresh,  but  that  is  fresher.  He  admired 
the  length  and  breadth  of  this  forest.  I  have  the 
largest  dictionary  of  (el)  all.  Do  you  know  me  1  I 
have  not  the  honour  to  know  you.  He  is  near,  she 
is  nearer,  but  John  is  the  nearest  of  (el)  all.  Amongst 
all  my  friends  Ernest  is  the  least  strong.  They  are 
very  happy.  She  is  as  wise  as  beautiful.  Is  it  cold 
weather  to-day  ?  Yes,  to-day  (it)  is  beautiful  weather. 
Dear  Sir,  I  received  your  charming  post-card  and 
letter,  to  which  I  reply  at  once  (immediately).  I 
thank  you ;  and  present  (tender)  to  you  my  sincere 
salutations. 


57 

VOCABULARY  FOR  LESSONS  9  &  10. 

Bo,  Prefix,  denotes  relatives  by  marriage.  Patrino, 
Mother.  Bopatrino,  Mother-in-law. 

Ge,  Prefix,  persons  of  both  sexes  taken  together. 
Mastro,  Master.  Mastrino,  Mistress.  Gemastroj,  Master 
and  mistress. 


Edzo, 

Husband. 

Kredi, 

To  believe. 

Mastro, 

Master. 

Li, 

He. 

Kordo, 

String  (piano,  Kuri, 

To  run. 

etc.) 

Ludi, 

To  play. 

Fadeno, 

Thread. 

Gi, 

It. 

Regimento, 

Regiment. 

Kreski, 

To  grow. 

/To  march. 

Serci, 

To  seek. 

Marsi, 

Rimarki, 

To  remark. 

Tra, 

Through  . 

Atiskidti, 

To  listen. 

Strata, 

Street. 

Afabla, 

Amiable. 

Kapabla, 

Capable. 

Avo, 

Grandfather. 

Atenta, 

Attentive. 

Po, 

At  the  rate  of. 

Intdigenta. 

Intelligent. 

Korekte, 

Correctly. 

Monto, 

Mountain. 

Aminda, 

Affectionate. 

Nia, 

Our,  ours. 

Donaco, 

Gift. 

Filago, 

Village. 

Ciu, 

Each,  every. 

Alta, 

High. 

Fini, 

To  finish. 

Metro, 

Metre. 

liigardi, 

To  look  at. 

Ceno, 

Chain. 

Jurnalo, 

Newspaper. 

Historio, 

History. 

U      denotes 

imperative 

Pago, 

Page. 

mood. 

Frue, 

Early. 

LESSON  9.— TRANSLATION. 

Patro,  bopatro.  Filo,  bofilo.  Filino,  bofilino. 
Fratoj,  bofratoj.  Edzo,  edzino,  geedzoj.  Mastro, 
mastrino,  gemastroj.  Filo,  gefiloj.  Dek  estas  la 
kvin  sesonoj  de  dek-du.  Uk  estas  la  kvinono  de 
kvardek.  Mi  bezonas  trioblan  kordon.  La  unuobla 
fadeno  ne  estas  tiel  forta  kiel  la  duobla  fadeno  La 


58 

regimento  max  sis  dekope  tra  la  stratoj.  Tiuj  ci 
horaoj  estas  kapablaj,  atentaj  kaj  inteligentaj.  La 
monteto  en  nia  vilago  estas  alta  kvarcent  metrojn. 
Kvarobla  ceno  estas  tre  forta,  sed  sepobla  ceno  estas 
pli  forta.  Mia  historic  havas  sepdek-du  pagojn. 
Venu  duope  au  triope,  sed  venu  frue.  Mi  kredas,  li 
kuras,  si  ludas,  gi  kreskas,  ni  sercasv  vi  rimarkas,  ili 
aiiskultas.  Mia  afabla  avino  donis  al  ni  po  kvin 
pomoj  car  ni  kantis  korekte.  Mia  aminda  avo  donis 
al  li  donacon.  Se  mi  legos  tiun  ci  libron  po  dek-du 
pagoj  en  ciu  horo,  mi  gin  finos  en  dek-^du  horoj. 
Rigardu  la  maljunan  sinjoron,  kiu  legas  la  Jurnalon. 

LESSON  10.— COMPOSITION. 

To  laugh,  to  begin  to  laugh.  To  sleep,  to  fall 
asleep.  To  sing,  to  begin  to  sing.  To  cry,  to  begin 
to  cry,  or  cry  out.  To  bore,  a  gimlet.  To  carve 
(sculpture),  a  chisel.  To  iron  (clothes),  a  flat  iron. 
To  filter,  a  filter.  I  have  two  eyes,  two  ears,  two 
hands,  but  I  have  only  one  mouth.  They  promenade 
(take  a  walk)  daily  in  the  field  with  two  great  dogs. 
Ten  and  twenty  make  thirty.  Forty-one  and  nine- 
teen make  sixty.  Five  men  can  do  much  more  than 
one.  Sunday  is  the  first  day  of  the  week,  Tuesday 
is  the  third,  and  Thursday  is  the  fifth.  February  is 
the  shortest  month  of  the  year,  because  it  has  only 
twenty-eight  days.  April  is  the  fourth  month  of  the 
year,  August  is  the  eighth,  October  is  the  tenth,  and 
November  is  the  eleventh.  Dear  Sir,  What  do*  you 
think,  if  we  should  go  to-day  to  (en)  the  theatre  ? 
Write  a  few  words  of  reply  and  send  them  by  the 
bearer  of  this  letter.  I  will  see  about  the  tickets. 
I  salute  you  heartily. 

*  "Do"  is  not  translated.  Kion  vi  pensas?=What  do 
you  think  ? 


59 

VOCABULAEY  FOR  LESSONS  11  &  12. 

Ad,  Suffix,  denotes  the  continuation  of  an  action 
Spiri,  To  breathe.  Spirado,  Respiration,  breathing. 

Ej,  Suffix,  denotes  place  generally  devoted  to 
Lerni,  To  learn.  Lernejo,  A  school. 


Fabriko, 

Manufactory.  Kezignacio, 

Resignation. 

Gimnastika, 

Gymnastic.    Tondro, 

Thunder. 

Distili, 

To  distil.        Katizi, 

To  cause. 

Fero, 

Truth.            Konfuzo, 

Confusion. 

Kanto, 

Song.              Serflento, 

Serjeant. 

Bano, 

Bath.              Jeti, 

To  throw. 

Preferi, 

To  prefer.       T 

f  Between. 

Lavi, 

To  wash.        lnter> 

\  Amongst. 

Gasto, 

Guest.            Antaii  ol, 

Before  (time.) 

Fespero, 

Evening.       Tempo, 

Time. 

Aparteni, 

To  belong     Fermi, 

To  close. 

Skatolo, 

Box-                Pirr 

|For. 

Plumo, 

Pen.                Far* 

\  In  order  to. 

Alia, 

Other.            Protesti, 

To  protest. 

Objekto, 

Object.           Meti, 

To  put. 

Ant,  sign  of 

pres.  part.      Infano, 

Child. 

Reveni, 

To  return.      Brdko, 

Arm. 

Tombo, 

Tomb.            Rigardi, 

To  look  at. 

Konsolo, 

Consolation.  Ankorati, 

Again. 

Fere, 

Truly.             Unu  fojo, 

Once. 

Marti, 

To  die.           Kuri, 

To  run. 

Kristano, 

Christian.       For, 

Away,  far  off. 

Mirinda, 

Wonderful.    Fojo, 

Road,  way. 

LESSON  11.— TRANSLATION. 

Iri,  irado.  Fabriki,  fabrikado.  Instrui,  Instruado. 
Parolo,  parolado.  Greno,  grenejo.  Dorrnj,  dormejo. 
Distili,  distilejo.  Mi  sercos  la  veron.  Cu  vi  attdas 
la  kantojn  de  miaj  birdoj  ?  Si  estas  nia  malamiko 
(or,  malamikino).  Vi  lavos  vin  en  via  banejo,  sed  li 
pref eras  sin  lavi  en  la  dormocambro.  Liaj  filoj  havos 


60 

gastojn  hodiau  vespere.  Tiu  ci  libro  apartenas  al  mia 
patrino.  En  via  skatoleto  estas  plumoj  kaj  aliaj 
objektoj.  "  Mia  kara  amiko,"  li  diris  al  mi,  revenante 
el  la  tombejo,  "  vi  havas  konsolon  en  via  malfelico. 
Via  filino  vere  mortis  kristane  kaj  kun  mirinda 
rezignacio."  Se  tondro  falus  sur  nin,  gi  ne  povus 
kauzi  pliAgrandan  konfuzon  ol  la  unua  vorto  kiun 
sergento  Cermak  jetis  inter  nin.  Antau  ol  li  ha  vis  la 
tempon  malfermi  la  buson  por  protesti,  si  metis  la 
infaneton  sur  liajn  brakojn,  rigardis  lin  ankorau  unu 
fojon  kaj  forkuris  rapide  tra  la  vojo. 

LESSON  12.— COMPOSITION. 

Father,  father-in-law.  Son,  son-in-law.  Daughter, 
daughter-in-law.  Brothers,  brothers-in-law.  Husband, 
wife,  husband  "  and  "  wife.  Master,  mistress,  master 
"and"  mistress.  Son,  son  "and"  daughter.  Ten  is 
the  five  sixths  of  twelve.  Eight  is  the  fifth  of  forty. 
I  need  a  triple  cord.  The  single  thread  is  not  as  (or 
so)  strong  as  the  double  thread.  The  regiment 
marched  by  tens  through  the  streets.  These  men 
are  capable,  attentive  and  intelligent.  The  hill  in  our 
village  is  400  metres  high.  A  fourfold  chain  is  very 
strong,  but  a  sevenfold  chain  is  stronger.  My  history 
(book)  has  72  pages.  Come  two  together  or  three 
together,  but  come  early.  I  believe,  he  runs,  she 
plays,  it  grows,  we  seek,  you  remark,  they  listen. 
My  affable  grandmother  gave  us  each  (po)  5  apples 
because  we  sang  correctly.  My  affectionate  grandfather 
gave  him  a  gift  (a  present).  If  I  shall  read  this  book 
at  the  rate  of  12  pages  in  each  hour,  I  shall  finish  it 
in  12  hours.  Look  at  the  old  gentleman  who  reads 
(or  is  reading)  the  newspaper. 

VOCABULARY  FOR  LESSONS  13  &  14. 

Aj,  Suffix,  denotes  something  possessing  a  certain 
quality,  or  something  made  from  a  certain  substance, 


61 


a  thing  perceptible  to  the  senses.  It  differs  from  the 
Suffix  ec,  in  this,  .that  aj  conveys  a  concrete  idea,  an<l 
ec  an  abstract  idea.  Pentri,  To  paint.  Pentrajo,  A 
painting.  Bona,  Good.  Eonajo,  A  good  thing. 
Malbonajo,  A  bad  thing. 

He,  Prefix,  denotes  a  repetition  of  an  act,  or  a 
return  to  something,  to  do  again.  It  has,  generally, 
the  same  meaning  as  the  English  Prefix  re.  Iri,  To 
go.  Eeiri,  To  go  again.  Doni,  To  give.  Eedoni,  To 
give  back.  Feni,  To  arrive.  Reveni,  To  return. 


Afola, 

Soft. 

Servanto, 

Servant. 

Frukto, 

Fruit. 

Retiri, 

To  withdraw. 

Heroo, 

Hero. 

Sefo, 

Chair. 

Friti, 

To  fry. 

Estingi, 

Toextinguish 

Frandulo, 

Epicure. 

Aandelo, 

Candle. 

Komenci, 

To  commence  v_t.  

f  Custom. 

Produktiy 

To  produce. 

J\.Ultl/W, 

\  Habit. 

Diri, 

To  say. 

Capitro, 

Chapter. 

Aperi, 

To  appear. 

Eiblio, 

Bible. 

Brili, 
Void, 

To  shine. 
To  call. 

Restajo, 

/  Rest  (noun). 
\  Remains. 

Sweetheart 

Kuko, 

Cake. 

Fianfo, 

(mas.). 
Betrothed 

Kukajo, 
Peni, 

Pastry. 
To  endeavour 

(mas.). 

Okupi, 

To  occupy. 

Veni, 
Virino, 

To  come. 
Woman. 

Profunde, 

f  Deeply. 
1  Profoundly 

Vilagano, 
Nepo, 

Villager. 
Grandson. 

Desegno, 

f  Design,  draw 
\      ing- 

A§o, 

Age. 

Posedi, 

To  possess. 

Eenkonti, 

To  meet. 

Arto, 

Art. 

New, 

Nephew. 

Konformi, 

To  conform. 

Tolo, 

Linen. 

Guste, 

Exactly. 

Estimate, 

Esteemed. 

Maniero, 

Manner. 

Tula, 

All. 

Sekso, 

Sex. 

Eespekto, 

Respect. 

Pozicio, 

Position. 

Hwnila, 

Humble. 

Persono, 

Person. 

62 

LESSON  13.— TRANSLATION. 

Mola,  raolajo.  Blanka,  blankajo.  Frukto,  fruktajo 
Amiko,  amikajo.  Heroo,  heroajo.  Sukero,  sukerajo. 
Friti,  fritajo.  Frando,  frandajo.  Komenci,  rekomenci 
Koni,  rekoni.  Produkti,  reprodnkti.  Diri,  rediii. 
tteti,  rejeti.  Aperi,  reaped.  Brili,  rebrili.  Voki, 
revoki.  La  fratino  de  la  mastro  kuris  al  sia  fiance. 
Tiu  ci  sinjoro  venos  al  mi  morgau  por  ke  mi  redoim 
liajn  librojn  al  li.  La  avo  malamas  tiun  ci  virinon, 
sed  li  amas  sian  filon.  La  cevalo  konas  sian  mastron 
kaj  gi  kuras  al  li.  Kiu  estas  en  la  gardeno  ?  La 
vilagano  estas  en  la  gardeno  kun  sia  nepo.  Kiun 
agon  vi  havas  1  Ernesto  renkontis  sian  nevon  kaj 
siajn  amikojn.  Ernesto  renkontis  sian  nevon  kaj  liajn 
amikojn.  Kie  estas  la  tolajo?  La  tolajo  estas  en  la 
banejo.  Mi  esperas,  estimata  sinjorino,  ke  vi  skribos  al 
mi  tre  baldau  pri  tiu  ci  afero,  kaj  mi  restas  kun  tuta 
respekto  via  plej  humila  servanto.  Li  retiris  de  mi 
la  segon.  Li  estingis  la  kandelon,  sed  li  ne  povis,  lau  sia 
kutiino,  legi  capitron  el  sia  Biblio.  Mi  donis  al  li  la 
restajon  de  tiu  kuko.  Mi  nenion  respondis  kaj  penis 
min  oknpi  prof unde  per  miajdesegnoj.  SinjoroNolasco 
poseiiis  la  arton  konformigi  guste  siajn  parolojn  kaj 
manierojn  al  la  ago,  la  sekso  kaj  la  pozicio  de  la 
personoj  kun  kiuj  li  parolis. 

LESSON  14.— COMPOSITION. 

To  go,  a  going,  a  movement  (as  of  machinery). 
To  manufacture,  manufacturing.  To  instruct  (to 
teach),  instruction  (n.).  A  word  (spoken  not 
written),  a  speech  or  discourse.  Grain  (corn),  granary. 
To  sleep,  dormitory.  To  distil,  distillery.  I  will 
seek  the  truth  Do  you  hear  the  songs  of  my 
birds  ?  She  is  our  enemy.  You  will  wash  yourself 
in  your  bath  (room),  but  he  prefers  to  wash  himself 
in  the  bedroom.  His  sons  will  have  guests  (com- 
pany) this  (to-day)  evening.  This  book  belongs  to 


65 

my  mother.  In  your  little  box  are  pens  and  other 
objects.  "  My  dear  friend,"  he  said  to  me,  on 
returning  from  the  cemetery,  "  you  have  (the)  con- 
solation in  your  unhappiness.  Your  daughter 
truly  died  Christianly  (in  a  Christian  manner)  and 
with  wonderful  resignation."  If  a  thunder  (bolt) 
should  fall  upon  us,  it  could  not  cause  greater  con- 
fusion than  the  first  word  which  Sergeant  Chermak 
threw  amongst  us.  Before  he  had  (the)  time  to  open 
his  (the)  mouth  (in  order)  to  protest,  she  put  the 
little  infant  into  his  arms,  looked  at  him  once  (one 
time)  again  and  ran  away  rapidly  across  the  road. 

VOCABULARY  FOR  LESSONS  15  &  16. 

Ig,  Suffix,  denotes  "  to  make,"  "  to  render." 
Densa,  Dense.  Densigi,  To  make  dense,  to  condense. 
Perfekta,  Perfect.  Perfektigi,  To  make,  or  render, 
perfect. 

7$,  Suffix,  denotes  "  to  become."  In  some  cases 
this  suffix  gives  a  reflexive  force  to  the  verb.  Certa, 
Sure,  certain.  Certuji,  To  become  certain.  Rica, 
Rich.  RiciQi,  To  become  rich,  to  enrich  one's  self. 
Granda,  Big,  large.  Grandig'i,  To  become  big,  tall. 


F&rta, 

Strong. 
/  Distinct. 

Grasa, 

/  Stout. 
\Fat. 

*Klara, 

\  Clear. 

Peti 

To  beg. 

Grupo, 

Group. 

Petegi, 

To  beseech. 

Nobla, 

Noble. 

Siditfi, 

To  be  seated. 

Matura, 

/  Mature. 
\  Ripe. 

Fenestro, 
Loko, 

Window. 
Place. 

Pala, 

Pale. 

Dante', 

Dante. 

Ru(jat 
Hela, 

Red. 
/  Bright. 
\  Clear. 

Prava, 
Infero, 

f  Right. 
\  Just. 
Hell. 

Clear ;  Dot  confused,  mentally  clear 


Pavimi, 

To  pave. 

Neniam, 

Never. 

Intenco, 

Intention. 

Samtempe, 

At  once. 

Kio'ma, 

/  What  (adj. 
I  Which  ? 

)1  Cio, 
Proverbo, 

Everything. 
Proverb. 

Tr,,filAn 

f  To  go  to  bed.Plezuro, 

Pleasure. 

Ausigi, 

\  To  rest. 

Fespermangi,  To  dine. 

Somero, 
Fintro, 

Summer. 
Winter. 

Bedauri, 

/  To  regret  (to 
\  be  sorry). 

Sekvi, 

To  follow. 

ATccepti, 

To  accept. 

Ekzemplo, 

Example. 

Invito, 

Invitation. 

Devi, 

/  To  be 
\  obliged  to. 

Malsaneto, 

/  A  slight 
\  indisposition 

Principo, 

Principle. 

LESSON  15.— TEANSLATION. 

Bela,  Beligi.  Forta,  Fortigi.  Klara,  Klarigi. 
Morti,  Mortigi.  Grupo,  Grupigi.  Nobla,  Nobligi. 
Longa,  Longigi.  Mola,  Moligi.  Matura,  Maturigi. 
Pala,  Paligi.  Ruga,  Rugigi.  Hela,  Heligi.  Maljuna, 
Maljunigi.  Varma,  Varmigi.  Grasa,  Grasigi. 
Sinjorinoj,  mi  petas  sidigi.  Ne  metu  min  tiel 
proksime  de  la  fenestro,  mi  preferas  lokon  proksime 
de  la  pordo.  Dante'  estis  prava  dirante  ke  la  Infero 
estas  pavirnita  per  bonaj  intencoj.  Je*  kiomaf  horo 
vi  kusigas  ?  Je  la  deka  horo  en  la  somero  kaj  en  la 
vintro.  Mia  kara  amiko,  mi  penos  sekvi  vian 
ekzemplon.  Mi  devas  diri  al  vi  antaue  (or  antau  cio), 
ke  mi  havas  la  principon  neniam  fari  du  aferojn 
samtempe.  Estas  tempo  por  cio,  diras  la  proverbo. 
Morgau  vespere  ni  estos  en  la  dorao  kaj  vi  faros  al  ni 
grandan  plezuron,  se  vi  venos  je  la  horo  kutima  por 
vespermangi  kun  ni.  Mi  multe  bedauras,  ke  mi  ne 

*  This  preposition  is  used,  in  all  cases,  where  there  is  any 
difficulty  in  finding  another  suitable  one. 

t  Kiama.  This  interrogative  is  used  when  asking  ques- 
tions relating  to  time,  hours,  days,  months,  years,  ordinal 
numbers,  pages  (of  a  book),  etc.,  etc. 


65 

povos  akcepti  la  amindan  inviton  de  vi  kaj  de  via 
estimata  edzino,  car  malsaneto  min  retenas  en  mia 
cambro. 

LESSON  16.— COMPOSITION. 

Soft,  soft  substance.  White,  something  white. 
Fruit,  something  made  from  fruit  (such  as  jam). 
Friend,  a  friendly  action  (a  kindness).  Hero,  an 
heroic  act.  Sugar,  something  made  from  sugar  (a 
sweet).  To  fry,  something  fried  (fritters).  An 
epicure,  a  delicacy.  To  commence,  to  recommence. 
To  know,  to  recognise.  To  produce,  to  reproduce. 
To  say,  to  say  again  (to  repeat).  To  throw,  to  throw 
back  (to  reject).  To  appear,  to  reappear.  To  shine,  to 
reflect  (to  shine  back  again).  To  call,  to  recall.  The 
master's  sister  ran  to  her  sweetheart  This  gentleman 
will  come  to  me  to-morrow  (in  order)  that  I  may 
return  his  books  to  him.  The  grandfather  hates  this 
woman,  but  he  loves  her  son.  The  horse  knows  his 
master  and  he  (it)  runs  to  him.  Who  is  in  the 
garden  ?  The  villager  is  in  the  garden  with  his 
grandson.  How  old  are  you  ?  (what  age  have  you). 
Ernest  met  his  nephew  and  his  (Ernest's)  friends. 
Ernest  met  his  nephew  and  his  (the  nephew's)  friends. 
Where  is  the  linen  ?  The  linen  is  in  the  bath  (room). 
I  hope,  esteemed  Madam,  that  you  will  write  to  me 
very  soon  concerning  this  affair,  and  I  remain  with  all 
respect  your  most  humble  servant.  He  withdrew 
the  chair  from  me.  He  extinguished  the  candle,  but 
he  could  not,  according  to  his  custom,  read  a 
chapter  (out)  of  his  Bible.  I  gave  (to)  him  the 
remainder  of  that  pastry  (cake).  I  answered  nothing, 
and  tried  to  occupy  myself  profoundly  with  my 
drawings  (designs).  Mr.  Nolasco  possessed  the 
art  of  exactly  conforming  his  words  and  manners  to 
the  age,  the  sex,  and  the  position  of  the  persons  with 
whom  he  spoke. 

£ 


66 


VOCABULARY  FOR  LESSONS  17  &  18. 


ilfrmo, 

Money. 

Preta, 

Ready. 

Ol'VO, 

Olive. 

Atendi, 

To  wait. 

Alnwzo, 
Krimo, 

Alms. 
Crime. 

Denove, 

/Over  again. 
\Again. 

Flui, 

To  flow. 

Thus. 

Bojo, 

Bark  (dog's). 

Tiamaniere, 

-j  In  this  man- 

Muso, 

Mouse. 

{  ner. 

rw, 

To  see. 

Trankvila, 

Tranquil. 

Kviete, 

Quietly. 

F  f      ' 

/To  ex- 

Kompreni, 

f  To  under- 

PalplL, 

\     tinguish. 
Eyelid. 

Eg, 

Even. 

Ankoratt, 

Yet  still. 

Adresito, 

f  Person 
{.     addressed. 

Re, 

(see   prefixes, 
etc.). 

Ankati, 

Also 

V" 

/Face,  counte- 

Sole, 

Only. 

yizago, 

\  nance. 

Scii, 

To  know. 

Bukla, 

Curly  (of  hair) 

Aldoni, 

To  add. 

Bruna, 

Brown. 

Folio, 

Leaf. 

Barbo, 

Beard. 

Nomo, 

Name. 

Post, 

After,  behind. 

/?        rf' 

/To  reply. 

Okulvitroj, 

Spectacles. 

nesponai, 

\To  answer. 

Kasi, 

To  hide. 

Propono, 

Proposal. 

Kuseno, 

Pillow. 

Servi, 

To  serve. 

Gis, 

Until. 

Aniati,  kelkaj  tagoj,  A  few  days  ago,  some  days  ago. 
lorn  post  iom,  Little  by  little. 
Fine,  Finally,  lastly,  at  last. 


LESSON   17.— TRANSLATION. 

Mono,  monujo.  Arabo,  Arabujo.  Ruso,  Rusujo. 
Kremo,  Kremujo.  Inko,  inkujo.  Porno,  pomujo  (or 
pomarbo).  Olivo,  olivujo  (or  olivarbo).  Plumo, 
plumingo.  Kandelo,  kandelingo.  Pipo,  pipujo. 
Juna,  junulo.  Bela,  belulino.  Almozo,  almozulo. 


67 

Felica,  feliculo.  Krimo,  krimulo.  Amanta  patro. 
Fluanta  rivero.  Ridanta  virino.  Bojantaj  htindoj. 
Muso  trakuris  sur  korpo  de  dorraanta  leono.  Vidante 
sian  patrinon,  li  ekridis.  Ferminte  la  fenestron,  li 
dnrmis  kviete.  Mi  legis  antau  kelkaj  tagoj  libretori 
sub  la  titolo  "  Lingvo  Internacia."  La  autoro  kredas, 
ke  per  tiu  ci  lingvo  oni  povas  esti  komprenata  de  la 
tuta  mondo,  se  ec  la  adresito  ne  sole  ne  scias  la 
lingvon,  sed  ec  ankau  ne  audis  pri  gi.  Oni  devas  sole 
aldoni  al  la  letero  malgrandan  folieton  nomatan 
"  Vortareto."  Respondante  al  via  estimata  letero  ni 
dankas  vin  por  via  propono  kaj  ni  plezure  akceptos 
viajn  servojn.  Johano,  cu  estas  preta  la  maten- 
mango  ?  Jes,  Sinjoro,  kaj  gi  vin  atendas  sur  la  tablo. 
Si  denove  ekbruligis  la  lampon,  kaj  legis  ankorau 
capitron  el  sia  Biblio.  Tiamaniere  si  trankviligis 
iom  post  iom,  kaj  si  estingis  la  lampon.  Sed  ferrainte 
la  palpebrojn,  si  ankorau  revidis  la  saman  vizagon 
kun  bruna  bukla  barbo  kaj  brunaj  okuloj  post  la 
okulvitroj.  Tiara  si  kasis  sian  kapon  en  la  kusenoj 
kaj  ploris,  gis  si  fine  ekdormis. 

LESSON   18.— COMPOSITION. 

Beautiful,  to  beautify .  Strong,  to  strengthen .  Clear 
(evident),  to  make  clear  (to  explain).  To  die,  to  kill. 
Group,  to  group  (or  to  form  a  group).  Noble,  to 
ennoble.  Long,  to  lengthen.  Soft,  to  make  soft. 
Liipe,  to  become  ripe.  Pale,  to  become  pale.  Red,  to 
blush.  Bright,  to  become  bright.  Old  (of  a  living 
thing),  to  age.  Warm,  to  grow  warm.  Fat,  to 
become  fat.  Ladies,  I  pray  (you)  to  be  seated.  Do 
not  put  me  so  near  the  window,  I  prefer  a  place  near 
the  door.  Dante  was  right  in  saying  that  hell  was 
paved  with  good  intentions.  At  what  hour  do  you 
(go  to)  rest  ?  At  10  o'clock  in  summer  and  winter. 
My  dear  friend,  I  will  try  to  follow  your  example.  I 
E2 


68 

ought  to  tell  you  (notify  you)  beforehand,  that  I  have 
the  principle  never  to  do  two  things  at  once.  There 
is  a  time  for  everything,  says  the  proverb.  To- 
morrow evening  we  shall  be  at  home,  and  you  will  do 
(give)  us  great  pleasure,  if  you  will  come  at  the  usual 
hour  to  dine  with  us.  I  much  regret  that  I  shall  not 
be  able  to  accept  the  affectionate  (kind)  invitation  of 
you  and  your  esteemed  wife,  for  a  slight  indisposition 
keeps  me  in  my  room. 


VOCABULARY  FOR  LESSONS  19  &  20. 


(see  prefixes, 
etc.). 

Boot. 

(see  prefixes, 
etc.). 
(do). 

To  tear. 

Then. 

To  throw. 

Street. 

Angry. 

(see  prefixes 
etc.). 

To  believe. 

To  labor. 
/To  prattle. 
\To  chatter. 
/Pound 
\     (sterling). 

Shilling. 

Penny. 

Florin. 

Dollar. 

Franc. 


Eicevi, 

To  receive.     1st 

Fero, 

Truth. 

Pastro, 

/Pastor.           Boto 
\Priest.            Edz 

Koni, 

To  know. 

Aj 

(see  prefixes,  Dis, 

etc.).             Siri, 

Atingi, 

To  attain.       Tiam, 

Delikata, 

(  Gentle.           Jeti, 
(  Delicate.        Strato, 

For, 

/Prefix,  deno-  Kolera, 
I  ting  "Away  ."  Em 

Afabla, 

Affable. 

Ej 

(see  prefixes,  Kredi, 

etc.).             Labori, 

Prava, 

(Correct.          D  r-/- 
\Right,  just.    £ablh> 

Tute, 
Evidenta, 

All,  quite.      ,-. 
Evident.         "*!*• 

Kin 

/What,  that    Silingo, 

J\IAS) 

\  which.          Penco, 

Bakonti, 

To  relate.       Floreno, 

Fiziti, 

To  visit.         Dolaro, 

Lavistino, 

Laundress.     Franko, 

69 

LESSON  19.— TRANSLATION. 

Se  mi  estus  ricevinta  la  libron,  mi  gin  redonus.  Se 
li  amus  vin,  li  dims  al  vi  la  veron.  Kiam  si  estis 
estinta  tre  diligenta,  la  patrino  laudis  sin.  Estas 
necese*  ke  vi  estu  fininta  mian  libron  antau  ol  mi 
revenos.  Kiam  la  pastro  venos,  diru  al  li  la  veron. 
Hi  ne  volas  doni  la  jurnalon  al  ni.  Diru  al  li,  ke  li 
al  mi  respondu.  Mi  pensas  ke  mi  venos  morgau. 
Vera  amiko  konigas  en  dangero.  Per  amikajo  oni 
ciam  povas  atingi  pli  multe  ol  per  maldelikata  forto. 
Mi  foriros  hodiau,  car  Johano  min  atendas.  La 
sinjorino  parolis  afable  al  ni.  Li  staris  antaii  la  pordo 
de  la  pregejo  kun  amiko.  La  malpraveco  de  via 
parolado  estis  tute  evidenta.  Kio  malplacos  al  mia 
patro  tio  malplacos  al  mi,  sinjoro.  La  regido  rakontis 
al  sia  patro  la  tutan  aferon.  Birdo  kaptita  estas  pli 
bona  ol  leono  kaptota.  Se  mi  estus  bona,  mi  estus 
felica.  Antau  unu  monato  mia  onklino  vizitis 
min.  La  lavistedzino  vidis  hierau  la  doktored- 
zinon  kaj  la  botistedzinon  en  la  teatro.  Li  dissiris  la 
libron  kaj  tiam  li  disjetis  gin  en  la  strato,  car  li 
estis  tre  kolera.  Li  estas  tre  kredema,  sed  lia  edzino 
estas  mallaborema  kaj  babilema.  Livro,  silingo, 
penco,  floreno,  dolaro  kaj  franko  estas  moneroj. 

*When  the  phrase  or  sentence,  in  Esperanto,  con- 
tains neither  a  noun  nor  a  pronoun  which  an  adjective 
in  such  phrase  or  sentence  would  qualify  (in  English), 
this  adjective  takes  the  adverbial  termination  (e),  and 
not  the  termination  of  the  adjective  (a). 

LESSON  20.— COMPOSITION. 

Money,  purse.  Arab,  Arabia.  Russian,  Russia. 
Cream,  cream  jug.  Ink,  ink  bottle.  Apple,  apple 
tree.  Olive,  olive  tree.  Pen,  penholder.  Candle, 
candlestick.  Pipe,  pipe  case.  Young,  young  man. 
Beautiful,  beautiful  woman.  Alms,  beggar.  Happy, 


70 

a  happy  person.  Crime,  criminal.  A  loving  father. 
A  flowing  liver.  A  laughing  woman.  Barking  dogs. 
A  mouse  ran  across  (on)  the  body  of  a  sleeping  lion. 
On  seeing  his  mother  he  began  to  laugh.  Having 
closed  the  window  he  slept  quietly.  I  read  some 
days  ago  a  small  book  with  the  title  of  "  International 
Language."  The  author  believes  that  by  means  of 
this  language  one  can  be  understood  by  the  whole 
world,  if  even  the  person  addressed  not  only  does 
not  know  the  language,  but  even,  also,  has  not  heard 
about  it.  One  need  only  add  to  the  letter  a  small 
leaflet,  entitled  "  Vocabulary."  Replying  to  your 
esteemed  letter,  we  thank  you  for  your  proposal,  and 
we  will  accept,  with  pleasure,  your  services.  John,  is 
(the)  breakfast  ready  ?  Yes,  hir,  and  it  waits  (is  wait- 
ing) you  on  the  table.  She  began  again  to  light  the 
lamp,  and  read  again  a  chapter  of  her  Bible.  In  this 
manner  (thus  i  she  became  tranquil,  little  by  little,  and 
she  extinguished  the  lamp.  But,  having  closed  her 
(the)  eyelids,  she  still  saw  (again)  the  same  face  with 
curly-brown  beard  and  brown  eyes  behind  the 
spectacles.  Then  she  hid  her  head  in  the  pillows 
and  wept  until  at  last  she  fell  asleep. 


VOCABULARY  FOR  LESSONS  21  &  22. 

Nomi, 

To  name. 

Beni, 

To  bless. 

Steli, 

To  steal. 

AranQi, 

To  arrange. 

Pagi, 

To  pay. 

Bapti, 

To  baptize. 

f)roni, 

To  drown. 

Bati, 

To  beat. 

Trompi, 

To  deceive. 

Kunveni, 

To  assemble. 

Puni, 

To  punish. 

Diskuti, 

To  discuss. 

Vesti, 

/To  clothe. 
\To  dress. 

Glaso, 

/Glass  (a 
\     vessel). 

RaM, 

To  pillage. 

Rompi, 

To  break, 

Fofografi, 

/To  photo- 
l     graph. 

Ne-, 
Virino, 

Not-,  un-. 
Woman. 

Ind 

Honorinda, 
Lernanto, 

Fleksi, 
Montri, 

Ebk, 

Helpi, 
Kuiri, 
Ej 

Tubo, 
Meti, 

71 

(see  prefixes,  Ing 
etc.). 
Honorable.      Uj 
1  Scholar,          Poso, 
\     pupil.          Surtuto, 
To  bend. 
To  show.        Logi, 
/Probably. 
\Possibly.        Anglo, 
To  help.         Anglujo, 
To  cook.         jr  ... 

a           KuSl. 

(see  prefixes, 
etc.).           Alumeto, 
Tube.             Enhavi, 
To  put.           Bombono, 

(see  prefixes, 
etc.). 
do. 

Pocket. 

Overcoat. 
(To  live  in. 

To  dwell. 
(To  inhabit. 
Englishman. 
England, 
f  To  rest  on  (to 
\  lie  on). 

Match. 

To  contain. 

Bonbon. 


LESSON   21.— TRANSLATION. 

Mi  estas  amata.  Vi  estas  nomata  (sing.).  Gi  estas 
trovata.  Hi  estas  stelataj.  Mi  estas  amita.  Li  estas 
vidita.  Ni  estas  pagitaj.  Si  estas  dronita.  oi  estas 
amota.  Hi  estas  nomotaj.  Vi  estas  trompotaj  (pi.). 
Li  estis  punota.  Mi  estis  nomata.  Li  estis  vestata. 
Ni  estis  vidataj.  Hi  estis  rabataj.  Li  estis  amita. 
Vi  estis  fotografitaj.  Hi  estisA  benitaj  Ni  estis  mal- 
benitaj.  Mi  estis  amota.  Gi  estis  arangota.  Li 
estis  baptota.  Hi  estis  batotaj.  Ni  kunvenis  por 
diskuti  niajn  aferojn.  Mi  foriras,  sed  mi  baldau 
revenos.  Mi  donis  al  li  libron,  sed  li  gin  redonis  al 
mi  hodiau.  Tiu  ci  glaso  estas  rompebla,  sed  tiu  estas 
nerompebla.  Si  estas  virino  kredinda  kaj  honorinda. 
La  lernanto  estas  nekredinda.  Mia  plumo  estas 
fleksebla,  sed  via  plumo  ne  estas  fleksebla.  Montru 
al  mi  la  leteron  ;  eble  mi  povos  helpi  al  vi.  Li  donis 
monereton  al  la  almozulo.  I^a  kuiristo  dormis  pace  en 
la  kuirejo.  La  tubeto  ne  kiun  li  metas  la  cigaron  por 


72 

gin  fumi  estas  cigaringo.  La  knabo  estas  en  la  lernejo 
kaj  lia  fratino  estas  en  la  pregejo.  Mi  portas  mian 
monujon  en  la  poso  de  mia  surtuto.  La  Angloj  logas 
en  Anglujo  (or  Anglolando)  kaj  la  Italoj  en  Italujo. 
La  plumo  estas  en  la  plumingo,  kaj  la  fingringo  kusas 
sur  la  tablo.  La  alumetujo  enhavas  alumetojn,  kaj  la 
bombonujo  enhavas  bombonojn. 

LESSON   22.— COMPOSITION. 

If  I  had  (should  have)  received  the  book,  I  would 
return  it.  If  he  loved  you  (now)  he  would  tell  you 
the  truth.  When  she  was  (had  been)  very  diligent 
the  mother  praised  her.  It  is  necessary  that  you 
should  have  finished  (may  have  finished)  my  book 
before  I  return  (shall  return).  When  the  priest  will 
come,  tell  him  the  truth.  They  do  not  wish  to  give 
us  the  newspaper.  Tell  him  that  he  should  answer 
me.  I  think  that  I  shall  come  to-morrow.  A  true 
friend  is  (becomes)  known  in  danger.  By  a  kind  act 
one  can  always  attain  much  more  than  by  rude  force. 
I  shall  go  away  to-day,  because  John  awaits  me.  The 
lady  spoke  affably  to  us.  He  stood  before  the  door  of 
the  church  with  a  friend.  The  fallacy  of  your 
speech  was  quite  evident.  What  (that  which)  will 
displease  my  father  will  displease  me,  sir.  The 
(royal)  prince  related  the  whole  matter  to  his  father. 
A  bird  caught  is  better  than  a  lion  about  to  be  caught. 
If  I  were  (should  be)  good,  I  should  be  happy.  A 
month  ago  my  aunt  visited  me.  The  wife  of  the 
laundryman  saw  the  wife  of  the  doctor  and  the  wife 
of  the  bootmaker  yesterday  in  the  theatre.  He  tore 
(in  pieces)  the  book  and  then  he  threw  it  about  in  the 
street,  because  he  was  very  angry.  He  is  very 
credulous,  but  his  wife  is  an  idle  and  chattering 
(woman).  A  pound,  shilling,  penny,  florin,  dollar  and 
franc  are  coins  (pieces  of  money). 


73 


VOCABULARY  FOR  LESSONS  23  &  24. 


Admiri, 

To  admire. 

Sipo, 

Ship. 

Akiri, 

To  acquire. 

Estr 

(see  prefixes, 

Amuzi, 

To  amuse. 

etc.). 

Analizi, 
Anonci, 

To  analyse. 
To  announce 

Placo, 

/  A  public 
\  place. 

Ataki, 

To  attack. 

Estimi, 

To  esteem. 

Razi, 

To  shave. 

Safa, 

Wise. 

Ludi, 

To  play. 

II 

(see  prefixes, 

Casi, 

To  chase. 

etc.). 

Eimarki, 

To  remark. 

Falci, 

To  mow. 

Iticevi, 

To  receive. 

Safo, 

Sheep. 

EC 

(see  prefixes, 
etc.). 

Matura, 

fRipe  (full- 
1  grown). 

Telegramo, 

Telegram. 

Ul 

(see  prefixes, 

Slosi, 

To  lock. 

etc.). 

Tranci, 
Morti, 

To  cut. 
To  die. 

Mensogo, 

/  Falsehood. 
\Lie. 

Enterigi, 

/  To  inter. 
\  To  bury. 

Germany, 
Danqj, 

Germans. 
Danes. 

Dimanco, 

Sunday. 

Rusqj, 

Russians. 

Rezervi, 

To  reserve. 

Katoliko, 

Catholic. 

Lito, 

Bed. 

Luterano, 

Lutheran. 

Alveni, 

To  arrive. 

Kalmnano, 

Calvinist. 

Koro, 

Heart. 

Kristano, 

Christian. 

(To  felicitate. 

Vidw. 

Widower. 

Gratuli, 

To  congratu-  Nepo, 

Grandson. 

late. 

Ho, 

Oh! 

Kiel  eble  plej  frue,  as  early  (as  soon)  as  possible. 
Kiel  eble  plej  rapide,  as  quickly  as  possible. 
Tago  de  naskigo,  birthday  (anniversary). 

LESSON  23.— TRANSLATION. 

Mi  estas  amanta.      Li  estas  skribanta.     Si   estas 
kantanta.     Mi  estas  admirinta.     Ni  estas  akirintaj. 


74 

Hi  estas  amimntaj.  Li  estas  analizinta.  Mi  estas 
amuzonta.  Si  estas  anonconta.  Hi  estas  atakontaj. 
Mi  estis  atendanta.  Li  estis  razanta.  Si  estis 
ludanta.  Hi  estis  casantaj.  Mi  estis  aminta.  Ni  estis 
fumintaj.  Li  estis  dancinta.  Li  estis  stelinta.  Mi  estis 
amonta.  Hi  estis  rimarkonta j .  Ni  estis  ricevontaj. 
La  hundo  kaj  la  kato  vivas  en  granda  amikeco.  Mi 
deziras  lin  vidi,  kiel  eble  plej  frue.  (Telegramoj) : 
(1).  Venu  (al  mi  kiel  eble)  plej  rapide,  Johano  mortis, 
enterigo  dimance.  (2).  Rezervu  cambron  kun  du 
litoj,  mi  alvenos  lundon  nokte  naii  (horo).  (3).  (Mi 
sendas  al  vi  mian)  plej  koran  gratulon  por  Via 
naskiga  tago.  La  heroeco  de  la  sipestro  tre  placis  al 
la  rego  kaj  la  regido.  La  pastro  amas  tiun  ci  knabon 
por  lia  boneco  kaj  honesteco  Ased  li  malestimas  lian 
fraton  pro  lia  malsageco.  Safido  estas  nematura 
safo,  kaj  katido  estas  nematura  kato.  Vi  estas 
mensogulo  kaj  li  estas  timulo.  Germanoj,  Danoj 
kaj  Kusoj  kiuj  logas  en  Anglujo  (Anglolando)  estas 
Anglujanoj,  sed  ili  ne  estas  Angloj.  Katolikoj, 
Luteranoj  kaj  Kalvinanoj  estas  kristanpj.  La 
maljuna  vidvino  amas  siajn  nepinojn.  Slosu  la 
pordon,  kaj  donu  al  mi  la  slosilon.  Per  razilo  ni 
razas,  per  trancilo  ni  trancas  kaj  per  falcilo  ni  falcas. 

LESSON  24.— COMPOSITION. 

I  am  loved  (am  being  loved).  You  (sing.)  are  (now) 
named.  It  is  (now)  found.  They  are  (now  being) 
stolen.  I  have  been  loved.  He  has  been  seen.  We 
have  been  paid.  She  has  been  drowned.  She  is 
(about)  to  be  loved.  They  are  (about)  to  be  named. 
You  (pi.)  are  (about)  to  be  deceived.  He  was  (about) 
to  be  punished.*  I  was  named.*  He  was  clothed 
(dressed).*  We  were  seen.*  They  were  pillaged 
(robbed).*  He  had  been  loved.*  You  (pi.)  had 

*  All  these  refer  to  a  particular  time,  when  something  else 
took  place. 


75 

been  photographed.  They  had  been  blessed.  We 
hud  been  cursed.  I  was  (about)  to  be  loved.  It  was 
(about)  to  be  arranged.  He  was  (about)  to  be 
liaptised.  They  were  (about)  to  be  beaten.  We 
assembled  in  order  to  discuss  our  affairs.  I  am 
going  away,  but  I  will  return  soon.  I  gave  him 
a  book,  but  he  returned  it  to  me  to-day.  This 
glass  is  breakable,  but  that  is  unbreakable.  She  is 
a  woman  worthy  of  belief  and  honour.  The  pupil 
is  not  worthy  of  belief.  My  pen  is  flexible,  but 
your  pen  is  not  (flexible).  Show  me  the  letter, 
t»ossibly,  I  shall  be  able  to  help  you.  He  gave  a 
-mall  coin  to  the  beggar.  The  chef  slept  peacefully 
in  the  kitchen.  The  little  tube  into  which  he  puts 
the  cigar  in  order  to  smoke  it  is  a  cigar-holder.  The 
boy  is  in  the  schoolroom,  and  his  sister  is  in  the 
church.  I  carry  my  purse  in  my  overcoat  pocket. 
The  English  inhabit  (reside  in)  England  and  the 
Italians  in  Italy.  The  pen  is  in  the  penholder,  and 
the  thimble  is  on  (lies  on)  the  table.  The  match  box 
contains  matches,  and  the  bonbon-box  contains  bon- 
bons. 


VOCABULARY  FOR  LESSONS  25  &  26. 

Plori,             To  weep.        1st  (see  prefixes, 

3      .             f  To  be  careful,  etc.). 

\To  spare.        Drogo,  Drug. 

Suferi,             To  suffer.       Aj  (see  prefixes. 

Sukcesi,           To  succeed.  etc.). 

Peni,               To  try.           DeSiri,  To  tear  off. 

Fenfo             To  avenge.     pa^  jPantaloon. 

San,               To  save.  \Trousers. 

Peli,                To  expel.       Spite,  In  spite  of. 

Marsi,             To  march.      T.     ,.  /Such    as    (it 

li,-nuo,            Chemistry.       w>  **  \  is). 


76 

Ul  (see  prefixes,  Nepo,  Grandson. 

etc.).  Estr  (see  prefixes, 

Uzi,  To  use.  etc.). 

nii  /Occurrence.    Becfimento,  Regiment. 

lzo'          \0ccasion.        Soldato,  Soldier. 

Violono,          Violin.  Okupi,  To  occupy. 

Violoncelo,       Violoncello.    Urbo,  City,  town. 

p  /Great-Grand  Pacienco,  Patience, 

"[(relationship). 

Pa$o  post  paSo,  Step  by  step. 

Tago  post  tago,  Day  by  day  (day  after  day). 

Per  malmultaj  vortoj,  In  a  few  words. 

Post  malmultaj  tagoj,  In  a  few  days. 

LESSON   25.— TRANSLATION. 

Mi  estos^amanta.  Li  estos  skribanta.  Ni  estos 
legantaj.  Si  estos  ploranta.  Li  estos  aminta.  Vi 
(pi.)  estos  sparintaj.  Hi  estos  malsparintaj.  Mi  estos 
suferinta.  Hi  estos  sukcesontaj.  Ni  estos  penontaj. 
Li  estos  trinkonta  la  vinon.  Mi  estos  amata.  Li 
estos  nomata.  Si  estos  trompata.  Gi  estos  trovata. 
Si  estos  amita.  Vi  (sing.)  estos  vengita.  Li  estos 
benita.  Li  estos  malbenita.  Mi  estos  amota.  Hi 
estos  savotaj.  Vi  (pi.)  estos  forpelptaj.  Li  raarsis 
paso  post  paso.  Okulo,  okulisto.  Hemio,  hemiisto. 
Drogo,  drogisto.  Mia  frato  havis  desirajojri  en  sia 
pantalono.  Li  foriris  spite  mi.  Mi  donis  al  li  la  libron 
tian,  kia  gi  estis.  Mia  onklo  estas  riculo,  sed  mi  estas 
malriculo.  Mi  vidis  belulon  kaj  belulinon  en  la  teatro. 
Mi  penos  fari  uzon  el  la  okazo.  Mi  rakontos  al  vi  la 
historion  per  malmultaj  vortoj.  La  violonisto  amas 
sian  violonon,  sed  la  violoncelisto  ne  satas  sian  violon- 
celon.  La  infano  disversis  la  inkon  sur  inian 
naztukon.  Skribisto  ne  verkas  librojn,  li  transskribas 
paperojn  (dokumentojn) ;  sed  verkisto  verkas  librojn, 


77 

iibretojn,  k.t.p.  La  provincestroj  de  tiuj  ci  provincoj 
estas  maljustaj.  La  filoj,  filinoj,  ncpoj,  nepinoj, 
pranepoj  kaj  pranepinoj  de  rego  estas  regidoj.  La 
regimeutestro  kaj  la  soldatoj  de  la  regimento  okupos 
la  urbon.  Estu  bona,  kaj  havu  paciencou.  Pardonu 
al  mi,  mi  petas,  sinjoro. 

LESSON   26.— COMPOSITION. 

I  am  loving.  He  is  writing.  She  is  singing.  I 
have  admired  (literally,  I  am  having  admired).  We 
have  acquired.  They  have  amuse*  1.  He  has  analyzed. 
I  am  about  to  amuse.  She  is  about  to  announce. 
They  are  about  to  attack.  I  was  waiting.  He  was 
shaving.  She  was  playing.  They  were  hunting.  I 
had  loved.  We  had  smoked.  He  had  danced.  He 
had  stolen.  I  was  about  to  love.  They  were  about 
to  remark.  We  were  about  to  receive.  The  dog  and 
the  cat  live  in  great  friendship.  I  desire  to  see  him 
as  early  as  possible.  (Telegrams): — (1).  Come  to  me 
as  quickly  as  possible,  John  is  dead  (has  died) ;  inter- 
ment (on)  Sunday.  (2).  Reserve  room  with  two 
beds,  I  will  arrive  Monday  night  (at)  9  o'clock.  (3). 
I  send  you  my  most  hearty  congratulation  for  (on) 
your  birthday.  The  heroism  of  the  (ship)  captain 
(very)  pleased  the  King  and  the  prince  (the  King's 
son).  The  pastor  loves  this  boy  on  account  of  his 
goodness  and  honesty,  but  he  despises  his  brother  on 
account  of  his  foolishness.  A  lamb  is  an  immature 
sheep  and  a  kitten  is  an  immature  cat.  You  are  a 
liar  and  he  is  a  coward.  Germans,  Danes  and  Russians 
who  reside  (dwell)  in  England  are  English  inhabitants, 
but  they  are  not  English  (men).  Catholics,  Lutherans 
and  Calvinists  are  Christians.  The  old  widow  loves 
her  granddaughters.  Lock  the  door,  and  give  me  the 
key.  We  shave  with  a  razor,  we  cut  with  a  knife,  and 
we  mow  with  a  scythe. 


78 


VOCABULARY  FOR  LESSONS  27  &  28. 


Pasi, 

To  pass. 

Flugi, 

To  fly. 

ig 

(see  prefixes, 

Nagi, 

To  swim. 

etc.). 

Rampi, 

To  creep. 

Kelnero, 

Waiter. 

Fremdulo, 

Foreigner. 

Pipro, 

Pepper. 

Jfonfesi, 

To  confess. 

Solo, 

Salt. 

Kulpo, 

Fault. 

Forko, 

Fork. 

Parkere, 

By  heart. 

Sano, 

Health. 

Perdi, 

To  lose. 

Fanta, 

/Frivolous. 
\Vain. 

Sati, 
Demeti, 

To  like. 
To  put  off. 

Apud, 

Near. 

Surmeti, 

To  put  on. 

Sata, 

Satiated. 

Ventroparo- 

Ventrilo- 

s1, ,. 

/"Without. 

listo, 

quist. 

Off/*, 

\Less. 

Trancileto, 

Penknife. 

Senutila, 

Useless. 

Sekvi, 

To  follow. 

Leciono, 

Lesson. 

Fblumo, 

Volume. 

£uri, 

To  run. 

Sajni, 

To  seem. 

Jupli — despli,  The  more — the  more. 

Tiom,  kiom,  As  many  (much)  as. 

For  (Prefix  to  verbs),  Far,  away,  as  Forkuri,  To  run 
away. 

El  (Prefix  to  verbs),  From,  out  of,  as  Eliri,  To  go  out 
of,  to  go  away  from. 

This  Prefix  also  denotes  that  something  has  been 
done  very  well,  thoroughly,  completely,  as  Li 
elesploris  la  landon,  he  explored  the  land  thoroughly. 


LESSON  27.— TRANSLATION. 

Pasigu  al  mi  la  akvon,  mi  petas.  Kelnero,  pasi»u 
al  mi  la  pipron  kaj  la  salon.  Kiam  mi  estis  tie,  mi 
vidis  knabinon  ce  la  pordego.  Alportu  al  ni  tii 
forkojn.  Mi  vidas  multe  da  homoj  en  la  strato.  Li 
parolis  al  mi  pri  mia  sano,  kaj  mi  estas  tre  danka  ;.] 
li.  Ju  pli  mi  gin  legas,  des  pli  mi  gin  satas.  Tiuj  ci 


79 

libroj  estas  vantaj  kaj  senutilaj.  Li  lernas  sian 
lecionon,  sed  si  gin  ellenias.  Tiu  ci  skatoleto  enhavas 
miajri  leterojn.  La  lernejestro  kaj  la  lernanto  estas 
en  la  lernejo.  Hundoj  forkuras,  birdoj  forfluga.s, 
fisoj  fornagas  kaj  rampajoj^  forrampas.*  Mi  estas 
fremdulo  en  fremda  lando.  Si  acetas  tiom  da  libroj 
kiom  mi.  La  knabo  konfesis  la  kulpon  kaj  ploris  tre 
laute.  Li  lernu  parkere  la  lecionon.  Lia  ludo  estis 
tre  bona,  sed  li  perdis  sian  tutan  monon.  Respondu 
al  mi  kaj  dim  al  mi  la  tutan  veron.  Demetu  vian 
eapelon  kaj  sidigu.  Surmetu  vian  surtuton  kaj  foriru 
de  tie  ci.  Mi  vidis  ventroparoliston  hierau  en  la 
teatro.  Mi  trovis  trancileton  sub  la  tablo.  Pasigu  al 
li  la  libron,  kiu  estas  apud  vi.  Li  prenu  tion,  kion  li 
bezonas.  Jen  estas  la  libro,  mi  sendos  al  vi  la 
sekvantan  volumon  morgau.  Hi  mangadis  gis  sato. 
Vi  sajnas  ciam  bela  al  mi,  patrino  mia  !  La  infano 
mangis  la  restajon  de  la  kuko,  kaj  tial  li  ridis. 

LESSON  28.— COMPOSITION. 

I  shall  be  loving.  He  will  be  writing.  We  shall 
be  reading.  She  will  be  weeping.  He  will  have  loved. 
You  (pi.)  will  have  economised.  They  will  have  squan- 
dered. I  shall  have  suffered.  They  will  be  about  to 
succeed.  We  shall  be  about  to  try.  He  will  be 
about  to  drink  the  wine.  I  shall  be  loved.  He  will 
be  named.  She  will  be  deceived.  It  will  be  found. 
She  will  have  been  loved.  You  (sing.)  will  have  been 
avenged.  He  will  have  been  blessed.  He  will  have 
been  cursed.  I  shall  be  about  to  be  loved.  They 
will  be  about  to  be  saved.  You  (pi.)  will  be  about  to 
be  driven  away.  He  marched  step  by  step.  Eye, 
oculist.  Chemistry,  chemist.  Drug,  druggist.  My 

*  These  verbs  denote  the  diiFei  cut  means  by  which  animals, 
etc.,  escape  from  foes. 


80 

brother  had  rents  (torn  places)  in  his  trousers.  He 
went  away  in  spite  of  me.  I  gave  him  the  book,  such 
as  it  was.  My  uncle  is  a  rich  man,  but  I  am  a  poor 
man.  I  saw  a  handsome  man  and  a  beautiful  woman 
in  the  theatre.  I  will  try  to  make  use  of  the  occasion. 
I  shall  relate  to  you  the  history  in  a  few  words.  The 
violinist  loves  his  violin,  but  the  violoncellist  does 
not  like  his  violoncello.  The  child  sj  tilled  the  ink 
on  my  handkerchief.  A  writer  does  not  write 
books,  he  transcribes  papers  (documents),  but  an 
author  (Verkisto)  works  (writes)  books,  pamphlets, 
etc.  The  rulers  (governors)  of  these  provinces  are 
unjust.  The  sons,  daughters,  grandsons,  grand- 
daughters, great  grandsons  and  great  granddaughters 
of  a  King  are  of  Royal  blood  (descendants  of  the 
King).  The  chief  (head)  of  the  regiment  and  the 
soldiers  of  the  regiment  will  occupy  the  city.  Be 
good  and  have  patience.  Pardon  me,  if  you  please, 
sir. 

LESSON  29.— COMPOSITION. 

Pass  me  the  water,  if  you  please.  Waiter,  pass  me 
the  pepper  and  the  salt.  When  I  was  there,  I  saw 
a  little  girl  at  the  gate.  Bring  us  three  forks.  I  see 
many  people  in  the  street.  He  spoke  to  me  about 
my  health  and  I  am  very  thankful  to  him.  The 
more  I  read  it,  the  more  I  like  it.  These  books  are 
frivolous  and  useless.  He  learns  his  lesson,  but 
she  studies  it  thoroughly.  This  little  box  contains 
my  letters.  The  teacher  and  the  scholar  are  in  the 
schoolroom.  Dogs  run  away,  birds  fly  away,  fish 
swim  away,  and  reptiles  crawl  away.  I  am 
a  stranger  in  a  strange  land.  She  buys  as 
many  books  as  I.  The  boy  confessed  the  fault  and 
wept  very  loudly.  Let  him  learn,  by  heart,  the 
lesson.  His  play  was  vety  good,  but  he  lost  all  his 
money.  Answer  me  and  tell  me  the  whole  truth. 


81 

Take  ofl  your  hat  and  be  seated.  Put  on  your  over- 
coat and  go  away  from  here.  I  saw  a  ventriloquist 
yesterday  in  the  theatre.  I  found  a  pen-knife  under 
the  table.  Pass  him  the  book  which  is  near  you. 
Let  him  take  what  (that  which)  he  needs  (requires). 
Here  is  the  book ;  1  will  send  the  following  volume 
to  you  to-morrow.  They  continued  eating  to  (until) 
satiety.  You  seem  (appear)  always  beautiful  to  me, 
mother  (dear).  The  child  ate  the  remainder  of  the 
cake,  (and)  that  is  why  (therefore)  he  laughed. 


EXERCISES     ON     THE     CORRELATIVE 
WORDS     (Pages     42    &    43). 


1.  la  amiko  vin  helpos. 

Mi  havis    ian    ideon 

kiel  gin  fari. 

"2.  lal    li   siMte  forlasis 
Londonon. 

3.  Kiam    ajn  vi    povos 

min  viziti,  extos  kon- 
vene  al  mi. 

Veim  hodiaft,  ar 
iam  morgati  estos 
tro  malfrue. 

4.  Mi  nepovis  trovi  mi  an 

libron     ie     en     la 
cambro. 
Cu  vi  metis  §in  ien  ? 

5.  Id  li  sukcesas  en  cio. 


1.  Some  friend  will  help 

you. 

I  had  some  idea  how 
to  do  it. 

2.  For    some    reason  he 

suddenly  left  Lon- 
don. 

3.  Anytime      that     you 

are  able  to  visit  me 
will  be  convenient  to 
me. 

Come  to-day,  for  any- 
time to-morrow  will 
be  too  late. 

4.  I   could    not  find   my 

book  anywhere  in 
the  room. 

Did  you  put  it  any- 
where ? 

5.  Somehow  he  succeeds 

in  everything. 


82 


6.  les   perdo   ne    estas 

ciam  ies  gajno. 

7.  lo  estis  sub  la  tablo, 

sed  mi  ne  povis  vidi 
ion  tie. 

Morgaii  mi  sendos  al 
vi  ion  belan. 

Li    vidis    ion    kion 
li  tre  amis. 

8.  Mi    iom     komprenas 

tion,  kion  vi   volas 

diri. 

La    vetero   estas  iom 
^pli  varma. 

9.  Cu  iu  estos  tie  ? 

Mi  ne  vidos  iun  tie. 

10.  Ciu  a$o  havas  siajn 

dev&jn. 

Mi  konis  ciun  viron, 
kiun  mi  renkontis. 

1 1 .  Rial  vi  silentis  ? 
Cial  tio  estas  la  plej 

bona. 

12.  Mi     ciam    respondas 

al  viaj  leteroj. 

^  «/  J 

Guim  skribu  legeble. 
Ciam  sendu  al  mi,  se 

^vi  estos  malsana. 
Ciam   pripensu    an- 

Jati,  ol  vi  parolas. 

13.  Cie    mi    trovis    ami- 

kojn. 


6.  Anyone's  loss   is   not 

always  somebody's 
gain. 

7.  Something     was     un- 

der the  table,  but  I 
could  not  see  any- 
thing there. 

To-morrow  I  will  send 
you  something  beau- 
tiful. 

Hesawsomethingwhich 
he  liked  very  much. 

8.  I  understand   a   little 

of  what  you  wish  to 
say. 

The  weather  is  some- 
what warmer. 

9.  Will  there  be  anyone 

there  ? 

I  shall  not  see  any  one 
there. 

10.  Each  age  has  its  duties. 

I  knew  every  man  whom 
I  met. 

11.  Why  were  you  silent  1 
For  every  reason  that 

is  the  best. 

12.  I  always  reply  to  your 

letters. 

Always  write  legibly. 
Always  send  to  me  if 

you  should  be  ill. 
Always  consider  before 

you  speak. 

13.  Everywhere    I   found 

friends. 


83 


Akvo,  akvo  cie,  sed 
eS  ne  unu  akveropor 
trinki. 

14.  Ni  helpos  la  lernan-     14. 

tojn  ciel. 

15.  Cies  ideo  estis  diversa.     15. 

16.  Cio       havas      lokon     16. 

propran,  tial  metu 
cion  en  g"ian  pro- 
pran lokon. 

17.  Clio  kion  mi  havas  estas     17. 

ankau  (la)  via. 

18.  PreskaU  ciu  amas  sin     18. 

mem. 
Mi  legis    Horn,  zorge, 

antati,    ol    mi    gin 

sendis  al  li. 
El  ciuj  miaj  amikoj,  li 
^  estas  la  plej  bona. 
Si  legis   ciun  libron, 

kiun  §i  povis  ricevi. 

19.  Kia  lingvo  gi  estas  !       19. 

Kian       kteron       vi 

skribis  ? 
Kiaj  carmaj  infancy 

estas  (la)  viaj  ! 
Kiajn   belajn    librojn 

mi  legis. 

20.  Kial    vi    ne    skribis    20. 

al  lil 

Kial  vi  ne  venos  al 
nia  kunveno  ? 

21.  Kiam    ni    iros  Lon-     21. 

donon  ? 

F2 


Water,  water  every 
where,  but  not  a  drop 
to  drink. 

We  will  help  the  pupils 
in  every  way. 

Each  one's  idea  was 
different. 

Everything  has  a 
proper  place,  there- 
fore put  every- 
thing into  its  proper 
place. 

All  I  have  is  also 
yours. 

Nearly  everyone  loves 
himself. 

I  read  each  one  care- 
fully before  I  sent 
it  to  him. 

Of  all  my  friends,  he 
is  the  best. 

She  read  every  book 
which  she  could  get. 

What  a  language  it 
is  ! 

What  kind  of  letter 
did  you  write  1 

What  charming  chil 
dren  yours  are  ! 

What  beautiful  books 
I  read  (past). 

Why  did  you  not 
write  to  him  ? 

Why  will  you  not 
come  to  our  meeting  1 

When  shall  we  go, to 
London  ? 


84 


Kiam  ni  estos  finintaj 
nian  iaboron. 

22.  Kie     estas    la    poM- 

oficejo  ? 

23.  Kiel      vi      elparolas 

"ati"? 

Kiel "  ow"  en  la  angla 
vorto  "  cow." 

24.  Kies   libro   estas    tin 

til 
Kies      plumon      vi 

uzas  ? 
Mi  vidis  kampon  en 

kies      mezo     staris 

du  arboj. 

25.  Kio      iras     rapide? 

La  tempo. 

Kion    li  volis    mon- 
tri  al  vi  ? 

26.  Kiom      da      cevaloj 

estis  tie  ? 
Kiom  kostas  tio  ? 

Je    kioma     horo    vi 
venos  al  mi  ? 

27.  Kiu  parolas    Esper- 

anton? 
Kiu  estos  tie  ? 
Kiuj  estas    la    tagoj 

de  la  semajno? 
Kion     vi     bezonas  ? 

La  librojn,   kiujn  vi 
pruntos  al  mi. 

28.  Nenia  antaiia  sperto 

estas  necesa. 


When  we  have  finished 
our  work. 

22.  Where     is     the    post 

office  1 

23.  How     do     you     pro- 

nounce "  aii  "  ? 
Like  "  ow  "  in  "  cow." 

24.  Whose  book  is  this  ? 

Whose  pen  are  you 
using  ? 

I  saw  a  field  in  the 
middle  of  which 
stood  two  trees. 

25.  What    goes    quickly  ? 

Time. 

What  did  he  wish 
to  show  you  ? 

26.  How      many      horses 

were  there  ? 
How  much  does   that 

cost? 
At  what   o'clock  will 

you    come    to     my 

house  ? 

27.  Who     speaks     Esper- 

anto ? 

Who    will    be    there? 
Which    are    the   days 

of  the  week  ? 
What    do    you    want 

(need) ? 
The    books    that   you 

will  lend  me. 

28.  No  previous  experience 

is  necessary. 


85 


Miestis  havinta  nenian 
antatian  sperton. 

29.  Li    nenial  cesis  skribi 
al  mi. 

•'50.  Neniam  ?  Estas  longa 

tempo. 
Mi     neniam    skribas 

longajn  leteroin. 
Mi     neniam      dcetas 

malkarajn  librojn. 

31.  Nenie,       oni       min 

komprenis. 

Nenie  oni  povis  trovi 
^mian  kundon. 

32.  Si  neniel  povis  kom- 

preni    (ion,  kion  li 
skribis  en  alia  lingvo. 

Sen  Esperanto  li 
neniel  povis  kom- 
prenigi  sin. 

33.  les      devo      estas 

nenies  (dew). 

34.  Nenio     estas    preta. 
Cu   vi  havas   nenion 

por  din  al  mi  ? 

35.  Li  havas  neniom. 

36.  Neniu   estis  apud  la 

pordo. 

Neniu  parolas  al  mi. 
Cu  vi  neniun  vidis 

tie  kiun  vi    konis  ? 

Mi  neniun  vidis  &  vi. 


I  had  not  had  any 
previous  experience. 

->n    T?  Ccause  1  i 

29.  For     no    {reason|  he 

ceased  writing  to  me. 

30.  Never?      It  is  a  long 

time. 
I    never     write    long 

letters. 
I    never     buy    cheap 

books. 

31.  Nowhere      did      they 

understand  me. 
Nowhere    could    they 
find  my  dog. 

32.  She       could      nohow 

understand  what  he 
wrote  in  another 
language. 

Without  Esperanto  he 
could  nohow  make 
himself  understood. 

33.  Anybody's     duty      is 

nobody's  (duty). 

34.  Nothing  is  ready. 
Have  you   nothing  to 

say  to  me  ? 

35.  He    has    nothing    at 

all. 

36.  No  one  was  near  the 

door. 

No  one  speaks  to  me. 
Did  you    see  no    one 

there     whom      you 

knew  1 
I  saw  no  one  at  your 

house. 


86 


37.  Tia    ripetado     enuas 

ram. 

En  tiaj  okazoj  ciam 
mankas  io. 


Mi    neniam    vidis 

tian  aferon. 

38.  Car  li  ne  respondas 
al  vi,  ne  kredu,  ke 
li  ne  volas  respondi; 
tial  mi  al  vi  konsilas 
skribi  al  li. 


39.  Tiam  ni  povos  in  al 

la  kunveno. 

Mi  vizitos  vin  tiam, 
kiam  vi  estos  preta. 

40.  Tie   vi  trovos     multe 

da  amikoj. 
Mi  iros    lien,     kiam 

mi      ricevos      man 

kteron. 

Miaj  amikoj  lo§as  tie  ci. 
Cu  viaj  fratoj   venos 

tien  ci  ? 

41.  Se  estus  tiel,  vi  dews 

skribi  al  li. 

Mi  sentas  min  tiel 
malfelica,  kevi  devus 
reveni. 

Kiam  vi  skribis  tiel  ? 


37.  Such     repetition     an- 

noys me. 
On     these     occasions 

something  is  always 

/wanting"! 

\missing.  / 
I   never  saw  such  an 

affair. 

38.  Because      he      does 
not  reply  to  you,  do 
not  believe  that  he 
does     not    wish    to 
reply  ;     therefore    I 
advise   you  to  write 
to  him. 

39.  Then  we  shall  be  able 

to    go  to   the  meet- 
ing. 

I  will  visit  you 
(then)  when  you  are 
(will  be)  ready. 

40.  There  you    will     find 

many  friends. 
I  shall  go  there  when 

I  (shall)  receive  your 

letter. 

My  friends  live  here. 
Will    your     brothers 

come  here  1 

41.  If  it  is  so  (should  be), 

you  should  write  to 

him. 
I  feel  so  unhappy  that 

you     should     come 

back. 
When  did  you  write 

like  that  ? 


87 


42.  Mi    neniam    prenas 

Jies  konsilon. 

43.  Cu    vi  parolas    pri 

tio? 
Mi  neniam  audis 

tion. 
Tio    ci     estas     mal- 

kredinda 
Vi  devus  memori  tion 

ci. 

44.  Tiom  estas  malfadle 

mtmori. 

45.  Mi  logis  en  tin  ur/>o. 
Cu  mi  montris  al  vi 

tiun  leteron  ? 
Kie  kreskas  tiujfloroj  1 

Cu    vi    ricevis    tiujn 

librojn  ? 
Tin    a    ringo    estas 

por  vi. 
Mi    neniam  forgesos 

tiun  a  regulon. 
Tiuj  ci  hundoj  estas  tre 

grandaj. 
Mi    acetos    tiujn    « 

librojn. 


42.  I   never   take  such   a 

one's  advice. 

43.  Are  you  speaking  about 

that  1 
I  never  heard  that. 

This   is    unworthy   of 

belief. 
You  should  remember 

this. 

44.  So  much  is  difficult  to 

remember. 

45.  I  lived  in  that  town. 
Did  I  show   you  that 

letter  1 
Where       do        those 

flowers  grow  ? 
Did      you     receive 

those  books  ? 
This  ring  is  for  you. 

I   shall    never    forget 

this  rule. 
These   dogs  are  very 

large. 
I  shall  buy  these  books. 


PART  III.— CONVERSATIONS. 


Bonan  logon,  sinjoro. 
Kiel  vi  f arias  ? 

Tre  bone,  sinjoro,  mi  dankas 

vin. 
Mi  $ojas  ke  mi  vin  vidas  en 

bona  sano. 
Fi  estas  tre  cjentila. 
Al  ni  estas  varme. 
A I  Hi  estas  malvarme. 
Mi  malsatas. 
Li  tre  soifas. 
Kia  estas  la  vetero  ? 

Ni  havos  bekqan  tagon. 

i*  if 

Tiom  pli  bone. 

Kiu  frapas?    Km   estas 

tie? 

Estas  mi.     Malfermu. 
Envenu.     La  §losilo  estas 

en  la  seruro. 
Vi  estas  prava.     Li  estas 

malprava. 
Pli  bone  estas  agi  malfrue 

ol  neniam. 
Sidigu,  mi  petas. 
Mi  vin  petas  sidi§i. 


Good  day,  sir. 

How   are   you  1     How  do 

you  do  ? 
Very  well,  sir,  thank  you. 

I  rejoice  to  see  you  in  good 

health. 

You  are  very  kind  (polite). 
We  are  warm. 
They  are  cold. 
I  am  hungry. 
He  is  very  thirsty. 
How   (what   kind)   is   the 

weather  ? 
We  shall  have  a  beautiful 

day. 

So  much  the  better. 
Who    knocks  ?      Who    is 

there  ? 

It  is  I.     Open. 
Come  in.   The  key  is  in  the 

lock. 
You     are    right.      He    is 

wrong. 
Better   (to  act)  late  than 

never. 

Take  a  seat,  please. 
I   pray  you   to  be  seated 

(take  a  seat). 


89 


Mi  tie  estos   tiel   baldail, 

kiel  ri. 
Vi  mn  trompas,  ne  povas 

esfi. 

Mi  vin  certigas,  kejes. 
Vizago  kontraii  vizatfo. 
Brako  ce  brako, 
Koro  ce  koro. 
Mano  en  mano. 
Donu  al  mi  man  manon. 
Kion  vi  diras  pri  tio  ? 

Vi  povas  kredi  al  mi. 
Mi  estas  certaje  tio. 
Ne,  ne  estas  eble. 
Cu  vi  konsentas  al  tio  ? 
Jes,  certe  kun  plezuro. 

Vi  alrenas  gustatempe. 
Vi  jam  diris  tion  ci  trifoje. 

Li  venis  nur  unufoie. 
KI;linili<jH    la  fajron,  la 

kandelon. 

Lafajro  brulas  malbone. 
Mi  bezonas  inkujon. 
Cu  vi  min  komprenas  ? 
Jes,  sinjoro,  mi  vin  kom- 

pi-enas. 

Kial  vi  ne  respondis  ? 
Mi  ne  audis  ire  bone. 
Ni  laboru  kaj  esperu. 
Mi  atendas  viajn  ordonojn. 
Via  ideo  estas  ire  bona. 
Mi  kredas,  ke  vi  faros  bone. 

Kion  vi  bezonas  f 


I  will  be  there  as  soon  as 
you. 

You  dec<  ive  yourself,  it 
cannot  be. 

I  assure  you  that  it  is  so. 

Face  to  face. 

Arm  in  arm. 

Heart  to  heart. 

Hand  in  hand. 

Give  me  your  hand. 

What  do  you  say  about 
that? 

You  may  (can)  believe  me. 

I  am  certain  of  that. 

No,  it  is  not  possible. 

Do  you  agree  to  that  ? 

Yes,  certainly,  with  plea- 
sure. 

You  arrive  just  in  time. 

You  (have)  said  this  three 
times  already. 

He  came  only  once. 

Light  the  fire,  the  candle. 

The  fire  burns  badly. 
I  require  an  inkstand. 
Do  you  understand  me  ? 
Yes,  sir,  I  understand  you. 

Why  did  you  not  answer1! 
I  did  not  hear  very  well. 
Let  us  labour  and  hope. 
I  await  your  orders. 
Your  idea  is  very  good. 
I  believe  that  you  will  do 

well. 
What  do  you  want  (need)  1 


90 


Mi  bezonas  kandelingon. 

Nenion  mi  bezonas. 

Jen  estas  tea,  prenu  iom  da 

Mi  havas  cigarojn,  cu  vi 
^  deziras  iom  ? 
Cu  vi  havas  monon  ?     Mi 

havas. 
Cu  vi  volas  lakton  ati  kre- 

mon  ? 

Mi  preferas  kremon. 
Kiorn  kostas  tin  ci  objekto  ? 

Gi  kostas  dek  Silingojn. 
Kien  vi  iras  tiel  rapide  ? 

Nenien  (mi  iras). 
Kian  agon  li  Jiavas  1 
Li  havas  dek  ok  jarojn. 
IA    estas    maljunulo    de 

sesdek  jaroj. 
Antaii  unu  semajno,  antaii 

unu  monato. 

Post  du  horoj,  post  ok  tagoj. 
Kion  vi  farus,  se  vi  estus 

mi? 
Mi  ne  scias  kiel  vin  danki 

por  la  granda  servo. 

Kia  estas  via  opinio  ? 

Mi  ne  scias  bone. 

Kiam  ni  hallos  por  maten- 

mangi? 
Post  unu  horo  ni  estos  en 

la  st<icidom,o. 
Rigardu  la  maljunan  sin- 

joron,  kiu  legas. 


I  want  a  candlestick. 

I  want  nothing. 

Here  is  tea,  take  some  of  it. 

I  have  cigars,  do  you  want 

some  ? 
Have  you  money  *?    I  have. 

Do  you  wish  (for)  milk  or 

cream  1 

1  prefer  cream. 
How  much  does  this  object 

cost? 

It  costs  ten  .shillings. 
Where  are   you   going   so 

quickly  ? 

(I  am  going)  Nowhere. 
How  old  is  he  1 
He  is  eighteen  years. 
He  is  an  old  man  of  sixty 

years. 
A  week  ago,  a  month  ago. 

In  two  hours,  in  a  week. 
What  would  you  do  if  you 

were  I  ? 
I   do   not   know    how    to 

thank  you  for  the  great 

service. 

What  is  your  opinion  1 
I  don't  well  know. 
When    shall    we   stop    to 

(have)  breakfast  1 
In  (after)  one  hour  we  shall 

be  at  the  station. 
Look  at  the  old  man  who 

is  reading. 


91 


Tin,  kiu  havas  la  harojn 

nigrajn  ? 

Jes,  kian  a$on  li  havas? 
Li  havas  ne  malpli  ol  okdek 

jarojn. 

lli  estas  nur  tri  aii  kvar. 
Si  estas  ire  kolwa. 
Jen  likantas,jen  liploras. 

Sendu  lin  al  mi  kiam  ajn 

li  venos. 

Kiu  estas  en  la  domo  ? 
Kian  tempon  de  ja.ro  vi 

preferas  ? 

Kia  carma  infano  ! 
Kia  bela  domo  ! 
Li  nepovas  trovi  lavoiiaron. 

Cu  li  fumas  ? 

Mi  lin  konas  fame. 

Fermu  la  pardon. 

Slosu  la  pardon. 

Kiam  li  alvenos  1 

Mi  havas  ion  par  diri  al  w. 

Ni  havas  multe  por  fari 
Mi  venos  la  lundon  plej 

proksiman. 

Li  mortis  la  lastan  Jatidon. 
Estas  du  infanoj   en   la 

cambro  apuda. 
Pasigu  al  mi  la  panon,  mi 

petas. 

Pasigu  al  mi  la  mustardon. 
Pasigu  al  mi  la  salaton. 
Kelnero,    donu  al  mi  la 

akvon. 


He  who  has  black  hair  1 

Yes,  what  age  is  he  ? 

He  is  not  less  than  80 
years. 

They  are  only  three  or  four. 

She  is  very  angry. 

Sometimes  he  sings,  some- 
times he  weeps. 

Send  him  to  me  whenever 
he  comes. 

Who  is  in  the  house  1 

What  time  of  the  year  do 
you  prefer  1 

What  a  charming  child  ! 

What  a  beautiful  house  ! 

He  cannot  find  the  diction- 
ary. 

Does  he  smoke  1 

I  know  him  by  reputation. 

Close  the  door. 

Lock  the  door. 

When  will  he  come  ? 

I  have  something  to  say  to 
you. 

We  have  much  to  do. 

I  shall  come  next  Monday. 

He  died  last  Thursday. 
There  are  two  children  in 

the  next  room. 
Pass  me  the  bread,  if  you 

please. 

Pass  me  the  mustard. 
Pass  me  the  salad. 
Waiter !      give    me    (th") 

water. 


92 


EN    EESTORACIO. 

Kelnero,  ni  volas  tagmangi,  sed  se  estus  eble,  en 
loko  senbrua,  car  mi  ne  amas  mangi  surdigata  per  la 
rulado  de  la  veturiloj  kaj  per  ciuj  bruoj  de  la  strato. 
Tie  ci  n i  estas  kvazau  ekstere. 

La  sinjoroj  povus  sin  raeti  en  kabineton  apartan, 
sur  la  unnan  etagon,  ce  la  flanko  de  la  korto  ;  ili  nenian 
bruon  audus  tie. 

Nu,  jes ;  ni  estos  almenau  pli  trankvilaj  ol  tie 
ci.  Montru  al  ni  la  vojon,  kaj  servu  al  ni  rapide,  car 
mi  mortas  de  malsato.  Vi  sangos  la  tablotukon,  tiu 
ci  ne  estas  tre  ptira. 

Ho  mi  gin  tuj  sangos.     Kiom  da  mangilaroj  1 

Tri,  car  ni  atendas  iun,  li  ec  devus  jam  esti 
alveninta.  Nu,  ni  legu  la  karton  de  la  mangajoj.  Supqj 
senviandaj :  vermicelo  en  lakto,  okzala  supo,  supo 
Parmentier  (terpoma),  tapioko  en  lakto,  supo  fazeola. 
—  Fiandaj  supoj  :  buljono  kun  makaronoj,  tapioko  en 
buljono,  Julieno  (buljono  kun  rliversaj  legomoj), 
konsomeo,  supo  testuda. 

Mi  ne  mangos  supon.  Dim  al  mi  kion  oni  skribis  pri 
fisoj. 

Ni  povas  havi :  salmon,  truton,  haringon,  karpon 
kaj  ezokon. 

Mi  volonte  mangus  angilon  ;  sed  car  la  karto  gin 
ne  proponas,  cu  ni  ne  povus  komenci  per  ostroj  ?  Se 
vi  volas  supon,  vi  gin  mangos  poste. 

Jes,  mi  aprobas,  ni  prenu  ostrojn  kun  bona  botelo 
da  vino  el  Chablis  (SaWi). 

Decidite  mi  ne  mangos  supon.  Ni  elektu  ian 
viandon.  Jen :  bova^o  rostita  aii  rosbifo,  bovajo 
bolita,  bovidajo  kun  okzalo,  renoj  de  safido,  bifstekoj, 
kotletoj  de  safido,  de  safideto,  de  bovido,  de  porko  ; 
femuro  de  safido  (rostita  aii  bolita),  kapo  de  bovido 
kun  saiico  vinagra,  linko  el  Jorko,  viandoj  malvarmaj. 

Kaj  pri  koi  tobirdoj  1 


93 

Meleagrino  rostita,  ansero  kun  kastanoj,  kokino 
kun  rizo,  anaso  kun  olivoj,  kokido  rostita. 

Nu,  mi  prenos  renojn  de  safido  post  la  ostroj. 

Mi  ankau.     Kelnero,  cu  viaj  porcioj  estas  dikaj  1 

Ho,  jes,  sinjoro,  unu  tre  suficas  por  du  personoj. 

Se  ni  prenus  ian  legomon  post  la  renoj ;  kion  vi 
diros  pri  tio  ci  ? 

Volonte  ;  ni  vidu  la  legomojn.  Estas  sur  la  karto  : 
pureo  de  terporaoj  ;  flora  brasiko  kun  oleo ;  pizetoj 
france  kuiritaj ;  asparagoj  kun  blanka  sauco ;  spinaco 
kun  viandsuko,  terpomoj  frititaj. 

Mi  rimarkigas  al  vi,  kara  amiko,  ke  gis  nun  ni 
guste  elektis  nur  <lu  mangajojn  :  la  ostrojn  kaj  la 
renojn  de  safido.  Sajnas  al  mi  ke  vi  alkondukas  nin 
iom  tro  rapide  al  la  legomoj.  Cu  ni  ne  povus  preni 
ovojn  post  la  ostroj,  car  ni  ne  mangos  supon  ? 

Jes,  vi  estas  prava ;  sed  ni  komencu  atakante  la 
mangajetojn  kiuj  estas  sur  la  tablo ;  pasigu  al  mi  la 
rafanojn,  mi  petas.  Mi  ne  povas  pli  atendi.  Vi  ne 
prenas  iom  da  ili ! 

Ne,  dankon  ;  mi  preferas  la  olivojn.  Nun,  se  ni 
decidus  la  demandon  pri  la  ovoj,  kiel  vi  amas  ilin  ? 

Ho  !  en  ciuj  manieroj  :  en  la  selo,  malmolajn, 
kunmiksitajn,  platigitajn,  posumitajn,  frititajn. 

Sed  cu  vi  amas  ova]  on  1 

Ho,  jes,  multe. 

Cu  ni  petus  pri  unu  ? 

Tre  volonte ;  ni  prenu  ovajon  kun  herbetoj  post  la 
ostroj. 

Ni  do  havas  la  ostrojn,  la  ovajon  kun  herbetoj  kaj 
la  renojn. 

Jes,  nun  ni  bezonas  legomon.  Mi  proponas  verdajn 
fazeolojn. 

Tre  bone,  mi  amas  ilin  multe.  Sed  iom  da  casajo 
ne  malplacus  al  mi  poste. 

Kian  strangan  menuon  ni  kombinas  tiel !  Kio 
estas  notita  sur  la  karto  pri  casajo  "I 


94 

Leporo  rostita,  perdriko  kaj  fazano. 

Mi  elektas  perdrikon,  car  mi  mangis  leporon  hierau 
kaj  mi  havas  abomenon  por  la  fazano. 

Nil,  mi  imitos  vian  ekzemplon.  Sed  sajnas  al  mi 
ke,  poste,  iom  da  salato  estos  necesega. 

Nu,  elektu  ni  unu. 

Kelnero,  kiajn  salatojn  vi  havas  ? 

Latukon  pomforman,  latukon  romanan,  endivon, 
leontodon,  duceton. 


PRI    LA    TEMPERATURO,    LA    SEZONOJ 
KAJ   LA   MONATOJ. 

Inter  la  dekdu  monatoj,  el  kiuj  konsistas  jaro,  kiun 
vi  preferas  1 

Unue  vi  devus  demandi  min,  cu  mi  pliamas  la 
varmon  au  la  malvarmon  ;  car,  kompreneble,  mi  devos 
elekti  monaton  printempan,  someran,  autunan  au 
vintran,  konforme  je  mi  a  prefero. 

Diru  do  al  mi  kian  temperaturon  vi  plivolas.  La 
sekan  au  la  malsekan  1  la  varman  aii  la  malvarman  ? 
la  varmegan  au  la  glacian  1 

Vi  mokas  min,  kara  mia.  Sed  mi  senserce  diros  al 
vi,  ke  el  ciuj  sezonoj  de  jaro  mi  preferas  la  printem 
pon  kaj  la  majan  monaton.  Marto  estas  ofte  iom 
malvarma,  sangema,  venta,  pluva.  Aprilo  apen;iu 
komencas  montri  al  ni  la  unuajn  ridetojn  de  la  sunn 
Sed  en  Majo  vere  revivigas  la  naturo :  la  arboj 
malfermas  siajn  burgonojn,  kovras  sin  per  folioj  kaj 
floroj ;  unuvorte  ciuj  kreskajoj  kaj  vegetajoj  carmus 
la  rigardon,  parfumas  la  aeron  kaj  cirkau  si  disdonas 
impreson  de  vekigo  kaj  gojo. 

Ho  kiel  poeta  vi  estas!  Sed  kelkfoje  la  maja 
monato  estas  tre  diferenca  de  la  bela  pentro,  kiun  vi 
faris  pri  gi.  Oni  ofte  devas  atendi  gis  Junio,  por  vidi 
la  naturon  sub  la  brilaj  koloroj,  kiujn  al  gi  vi  alskribis. 


95 

Jes,  mi  gin  konfesas.  Sed  en  Majo  oni  ricevas  pli 
fortan  sentajon  de  aliformigo  kaj  renaskigo  en  la 
nature. 

Kontratie  mi  preferas  la  dormadon  de  la  nature, 
gian  sajnan  mortintecon  dum  la  vintro.  Gi  tiel  respon 
das  pli  bone  al  mia  karaktero  malgoja  kaj  melankolia. 
Mi  amas  longe  revadi,  promenante  tra  la  nudigita 
kamparo,  kovrita  per  gia  mantelo  de  brilega  nego. 
Estas  por  mi  plezuro  rigardi  sur  la  vitrojn  de  mia 
fenestro  la  mil  figurajojn  sur  ili  desegnatajn  de  la 
givro.  Kiam  mi  trairas  la  senbruajn  arbarojn,  sajnas 
al  mi,  ke  ili  farigis  silentaj  por  ne  malhelpi  al  mia 
revado.  Se  la  pluvo  falas,  la  vento  blovas,  fajfas  kaj 
furiozas,  mi  restas  hejme,  kaj  atendas  pacience  la 
ceson  de  la  pluvo,  la  kvietigon  de  la  vento,  sidante  apud 
la  fajro  kaj  fumante  bonan  cigaron  au  cigareon  kaj 
ec  kelkafoje  bonegan  pij>on. 

Alivorte  vi  evitas  la  pluvon  kaj  la  venton  de  la  vintro, 
sed  vi  amas  la  negon  kiu  vin  frostigas  gis  la  ostoj,  la 
hajleton  kiu  vin  blindigas,  la  givron  kiu  falas  de 
la  arboj  kaj  blankigas  vin  kicl  faruno,  fine  la  glacion 
kiu  faras  vin  gliti  je  ciu  paso.  Mi  ne  kalkulis  la 
plezuron  konstante  tremadi  au  sin  kovri  tiamaniere,  ke 
oni  ne  povas  pli  movi  sin.  Mi  ankau  forgesis  la  gojon 
enigi  en  la  koton  gis  la  maleoloj,  post  forta  pluvego. 

Kaj  vi,  Ludoviko  !  Vi  diras  nenion.  Kian  tempon 
de  jaro  vi  preferas  1 

Ho  mi  !  mi  havas  guston  tute  diferencan  de  la  via : 
la  printempo  ne  placas  al  mi  pro  sia  karaktero 
sangema.  Dum  tin  sezono,  oni  scias  neniam,  cu  oni 
devas  preni  la  pluvombrelon  aii  la  bastonon.  La 
monatojn  Novembron,  Decembron,  Januaron  kaj  ec 
Februaron  mi  ne  satas,  tial  ke  mi  pli  ol  cion  malamas 
la  malvarmon.  Gi  malvigligas  kaj  paralizas  la 
spiriton.  De  alia  flanko,  la  somero  ne  placas  al  mi 
pli  multe.  En  Julio  kaj  Augusto,  la  varmo  faras  vin 
senzorga  kaj  maldiligenta  ;  oni  perdas  ciun  agemon. 


96 

Mi  preferas  la  autunon  kaj  la  du  monatojn  Septem 
bron,  Oktobron.  En  ill  la  vetero  estas  pli  konstanta, 
la  tempera turo  pli  agrabla  kaj  mezgrada.  Oni  ne 
timas  ciam  vidi  siajn  projektojn  malhelpatajn  de  ia 
pluvego  au  fulmotondro,  kiel  en  la  printempo  kaj  en 
la  somero. 

Dum  la  autuno,  vi  povas  vojagi  en  trankvileco  ;  la 
marso  estas  plezuro  kaj  nenian  malutilon  prezentas  la 
ripozado  ce  la  nature.  Kontraue,  vi  riskas  ricevi  sun- 
frapon  se,  en  la  somero,  vi  restadas  sub  la  radiado  de 
la  suno,  au  pneiimonion,  en  la  vintro,  se  vi  haltadas 
kelkan  tempon  ekstere. 

Sed  vi  kantis  la  indon  de  tiuj  sezonoj.  Permesu 
do  ke  mi  pledu  por  la  printempo,  montrante  giajn 
ecojn. 

Se  ni  komparos  la  sezonojn  kun  la  vivo  de  la  homo, 
ni  trovos  ke  la  printempo  respondas  al  la  infaneco. 
Agrabla,  carma  kiel  tiu  ci,  la  printempo  havas  ankau 
gian  kaprican  kaj  sangeman  humoron  :  jen  ridoj,  jen 
ploroj  senatendaj. 

La  somero  respondas  al  la  ago  de  la  pasioj.  La 
nature  tiam  estas  plena  per  elektro  kaj  fajro,  kiel  la 
vejnoj  homaj  en  tiu  periodo  de  la  vivo  :  gi  estas  la 
tempo  de  la  fulmotondroj  kaj  de  la  grandaj  katastrofoj. 

Pli  certa,  pli  kvieta,  pli  mezura,  la  autuno  figuras 
la  maturecon  en  la  vivo.  Gi  ne  estas  la  sezono  de 
la  floroj  plej  brilaj,  sed  gi  estas  la  tempo  de  la  fruktoj 
plej  belaj  kaj  plej  bongustaj.  Persikoj,  piroj, 
pomoj  kaj  vinberoj  gojigas  la  vidadon  kaj  flatas  la 
gustadon. 

Se  la  verdeco  de  la  arboj  ne  estas  tiel  fresa  kiel  en 
la  printempo,  gi  prezentas  pli  grandan  ricecon  da 
nuancoj.  La  naturo  ne  uzas  pli  unuforme  la  verdon, 
gi  prenas  aliajn  kolorilojn  sur  sian  paletron  kaj  miksas 
la  flavon,  la  rugon  kaj  ec  la  brunon  kun  la  verdo  de 
sia  gistiama  pentrajo. 

La  aero  pli  seka  ol  en  la  printempo,  pli  pura  kaj 


97 

malpeza  ol  en  la  somero,  ne  malviinna  kiel   en    la 
vintro,  estas  multe  pli  saniga  ol  en  la  aliaj  sezonoj. 

Pro  tiuj  diversaj  motivoj  mi  alskribas  la  superecon 
al  la  printempo. 


FOR  SALUTI  KAJ  DEMANDI  PRI  LA  SANO. 

Mi  deziras  al  vi  bonan  tagon,  Sinjoro : 

Bonan  tagon,  Sinjoro,  kiel  vi  fartas  ? 

Tre  bone ;  mi  dankas  (vin). 

Oni  diris  al  mi  ke  vi  estas  malsana. 

Ho  ne,  dankoj  al  Dio ;  mi  neniam  sanis  pli  bone  ol 
de  kelka  tempo ;  se  tio  ci  daurigos,  la  kuracistoj  ne 
gajnos  multe  de  mi. 

Benadu  la  cielon,  car  la  sano  certe  estas  la  plej 
grandvalora  bono  el  ciuj.  Se  vi  estus  kiel  mi  en 
konstanta  malsaneco,  vi  ankorau  pli  multe  satus  vian 
felicecon.  Sed  kiu^  venas  tie,  lamante  kaj  apogante 
sin  sur  bastono  ]  Cu  ne  estas  nia  amiko  B  ? 

Jes,  estas  li.  La  mizera  rompis  al  si  kruron  antaii 
du  monatoj  kaj  li  marsas  ankorau  pene. 

Bonveno  al  vi,  amiko,  mi  jus  sciigis  la  malfelicon, 
kiu  okazis  al  vi.  Kiel  vi  sanas  nun  1 

Vi  estas  tre  aminda.  Nun  mia  stato  estas  pli  gena 
ol  dolora ;  sed,  en  la  unuaj  tagoj,  mi  suferis  terure. 

Cu  via  carma  familio  estas  en  bona  sano  ? 

Mia  edzino  ciam  havas  sian  feran  sanon,  sed  unu  el 
miaj  infanoj  kauzas  al  mi  grandan  maltrankvilecon  ; 
de  kelkaj  tagoj,  gi  havas  mienon  tre  malbonan,  ne 
havas  pli  apetiton  kaj  ciam  plendas  pri  kapdoloroj. 

Ha  !  kiu  do  el  ili  ? 

La  plej  juna.  Gis  nun  gi  estis  tute  sana  kaj  ec  tre 
forta  kompare  kun  sia  ago. 

Eble  tio  ci  venas  nur  el  tro  granda  kresko.  La 
kreskado  tre  lacigas  la  infanojn  kaj  faras  ilin  pli  malpli 
suferantaj,  malsanetaj. 


98 

Tiuj  ci  estas  precize  la  aferoj,  kiujn  al  mi  mem  mi 
diras  por  trankviligi ;  sed  malgrau  cio  mi  ne  povas 
defendi  min  de  kelka  timo. 

Estu  pli  saga  kaj  ne  vidu  dangeron  tie,  kie  nur 
estas  afero  natura,  stato  momenta  kiun  venkas 
ordinare  ciuj  infanoj  sen  ia  el  la  komplikajoj,  kiujn 
al  si  kreas  via  fantazio  timigita. 

Tion  ci  vi  diras  por  trankviligi  min  kaj  mi  estas  al 
vi  tre  danka  pro  gi,  sed  car  vi  mem  estas  patro,  vi 
certe  komprenas  ke  viaj  vortoj  ne  konviukas  min  tute. 

Nu,  adiaii,  amiko,  faru  mil  salutojn  al  via  frato,  je 
mia  nomo;  salutu  vian  patron  de  mi  kaj  prezentu 
mian  respektan  submetigon  al  via  patrino. 

Certe  mi  gin  faros.  De  via  flanko  ne  forgesu 
revoki  min  al  la  memoro  de  viaj  gepatroj. 


EN  VOJAGO  KAJ  EN  SERCADO  DE  LOGEJO. 

Rigardu  do,  Henriko,  kian  belan  vidajon  prezentas 
tin  kastelo,  sidanta  sur  la  supro  de  la  monteto  antau 
ni.  La  senfrukteco  de  la  pejzago,  la  krutajoj,  kiujn 
gi  superas  kaj  la  stonegoj  sur  kiuj  gi  staras,  donas  al 
gi  cksteron  (or  vidigon)  de  forteco  kaj  majesteco  tute 
im|K)nan. 

Gi  estas  efektive  tre  impona  sed  ne  malpli  mal- 
gojiga.  Por  nenio  mi  volus  logadi  en  tiu  nesto  de 
agio,  tiom  pli  ke  la  kamparo  cirkauanta  sajnas  al  mi 
nek  pli  gajiga  nek  pli  fruktodona  ol  la  monieto  mem. 
Sed  cu  oni  volas  kusigi  nin  tie  ci  1  certe  de  dek 
minutoj  (or :  de  almenaii  dek  minutoj),  ni  restas  sur 
tiu  ci  stacio. 

Oni  sendube  atendas  alian  vagonaron,  kiu  devas 
pasi  antau  la  nia. 

Mi  kredas,  ke  efektive  la  rapida  de  Marseille 
(Marsej')  atingas  nin  tie  ci. 

Sed  kie  rii  haltos  por  matenmangi  ? 


99 

Ni  haltos  en  N  .  . .  ,  la  bufedo  estas  tio  tre  bona, 
oni  diris  al  mi. 

Je  kioma  horo  1  car  mi  tre  vere  mortas  de 
malsato. 

Vi  tamen  vespennangis  kiel  mangegulo  hierau 
vespere. 

Jes,  sed  de  tiu  tempo  ni  mar§adis. 

Ho  !  mai'si  tiamaniere  ne  estas  tre  lacige. 

Vi  estas  prava,  sed  kiam  oni  ricevas  skuadon  kiel 
ni  dum  ok  horoj,  oni  digestas  multe  pli  rapide. 

Konsolu  vin,  nur  unu  duonon  da  horo  vi  nun 
devas  atendi. 

Preparu  (or  tenu  prete)  vian  bileton  :  mi  ekvidas 
la  kontroliston. 

Ankorati  !  tiu  homo  malhelpos  do  al  ni  konstante. 

Tiun  ci  fojon,  ne  plendu ;  tio  estas  la  signo  ke  ni 
atingas  la  celon. 

Mi  ne  trovas  mian  kvitancon  de  pakajoj.  Kion  mi 
fans  el  gi  1  Ha  !  jen  gi  estas. 

Cu  vi  elektis  hotelon  ? 

Ne.  Oni  rekomendis  al  mi  la  hotelon  de  la  Posto, 
sed  mi  kredas  ke  ni  agos  pli  sage,  se  ni  decidos  la 
aferon  tiam  nur,  kiam  ni  estos  mem  esplorintaj.  Ni 
prenu  veturilon  kaj  lasu  la  pakajojri  en  la  stacidomo. 

Ha !  jen  estas  hotelo  kiu  sajnas  al  mi  sufice  pura. 
Cu  vi  volas  ke  ni  haltigu  la  veturilon  ? 

Jes,  ni  malsupreniru. 

Bonan  tagon,  sinjorino.  Cu  vi  povus  luigi  al  ni 
cambron  ? 

Certe,  sinjoroj,  kun  plezuro  (or  plezure).  Mi  tuj 
montros  al  vi  tre  belan  cambron  kun  du  litoj,  au,  se 
vi  preferos,  du  cambrojn  apartajn. 

Jes,  du  cambrojn  apartajn  sed  komunikigajn. 

Cu  vi  deziras  ilin  kun  vido  sur  la  placon  aii  kun 
vido  sur  la  korton  internan  de  la  hotelo  ]  Kompreneble 
tiuj  ci  lastaj  estas  ma!  pli  karaj  ol  la  aliaj. 

Car  ni  estos  eu  la  cambro  nur  nokte,  la  flanko  sur 
G2 


100 

la  korto  suficos  al  ni.  Sed  estu  modera  kaj  ne  tondu 
nin  tro  multe. 

Ho  !  sinjoro,  kion  vi  diras  !  Mi  estas  la  plej  modera 
el  ciuj  hotelistinoj. 

Ci  tiu  cambro  tre  placus  al  mi,  se  gi  havus 
kabineton  por  la  tualeto. 

Mi  havas  alian  tute  similan,  kiu  plenumas  tiun 
kondicon,  sed  gi  estas  iom  malpli  hela. 

Tio  ne  genas  min.     Montru  gin  al  mi. 

Jen  gi  estas,  sinjoro.  Ni  povus  logigi  vian  amikon 
en  la  apuda,  kiu  havas  meblaron  tute  novan,  kiel  vi 
vidas. 

Nu,  tiuj  du  cambroj  konvenas  por  ni.  Je  kia  prezo 
vi  luigas  ilin? 

Tio  ci  dependos  de  la  tempo  kiun  vi  pasigos  tie  ci, 
sinjoroj. 

Se  vi  ne  estos  tro  postulema,  ni  restos  unu 
monaton,  car  ni  volas  esplori  tute  bone  la  arbaron  kaj 
la  cirkauajojn. 

Nu  !  vi  pagos  12  frankojn  ciu,  por  unu  tago,  se  vi 
prenos  la  nutrajon  en  la  hotelo,  kaj  7  frankojn,  se  vi 
ne  mangos  tie  ci. 

Sed  cu  la  lumo  kaj  la  servado  estas  kalkulitaj  en 
tiu  prezo  ? 

Jes,  1 2  frankojn  por  ciu  tago,  kalkulante  cion,  kun 
matenmango,  tagmango  kaj  vespermango.  Sed  car  la 
trinkajo  de  la  lando  estas  cidro,  se  vi  volos  vinon, 
vi  gin  pagos  aparte. 

Bone ;  ni  konsentas.  Havu  la  bonecon  prenigi 
niajn  pakajojn  el  la  stacidomo.  Dume  ni  faros  pro- 
Da  ene  ton  en  la  urbo. 


VIZITO. 

Mi  pensas  ke  oni  sonoris.  Johano,  iru  do  kaj  vidu 
kiu  estas  tie.  De  neniu  mi  volas  akcepti  viziton 
hodiau. 


101 

Sinjorino,  gi  estas  sinjoro  F  .  .  .  kiu  insistas  por  esti 
akceptata.  Mi  diris  al  li  ke  la  sinjorino  estas  sufer- 
anta  ;  sed  li  volas  absolute  ke  mi  avertu  vin  ke  li 
havas  tre  gravan  komunikou  pur  fari  al  vi. 

Nu  !  respondu  al  li  ke  mi  tre  bedauras,  sed  ke  mi 
estas  vere  tro  malsaneta  por  akcepti  lin.  Kun  tiu  ci 
babilulo  mi  estus  malhelpata  du  horojn. 

Bone,  sinjorino,  mi  tuj  al  li  diros  tion  ci. 

Nu  !  ankorau  ekbato  de  sonorileto.  Oni  do  ne 
lasos  min  trankvila.  Kiu  kredeble  venas  ankorau 
min  geni  ? 

Ha  !  gi  estas  sinjorino  B  .  .  .  Johano  dim  al  si  ke 
si  eniru  kaj  enkonduku  sin  en  la  saloneton. 

Bonan  tagon,  kara  amikino.  Kiel  vi  sanas  en  tiu 
vetero  peza  kaj  sufokiga,  kiun  ni  havas  de  du  tagoj. 
Oni  pensus  ke  oni  estas  en  Senegalo. 

Mi  sanas  tre  bone,  dankon.  Prezentu  al  vi  ke  mi 
benas  guste  tiun  ci  temperaturon,  pri  kiu  ciuj 
plendas,  car  mi  bone  esperas  ke  gi  baldatt  liberigos 
min  de  forta  malvarmumo,  kiu  min  tenas  de  mia 
reveno  el  Parizo. 

Kaj  kie  gi  kaptis  vin  ? 

Cu  iam  oni  scias  kie  malvarmumo  kaptas  iun  ?  Mi 
tamen  kredas  ke  tio  okazis  al  mi  en  la  teatro.  Al  mi 
estis  tre  varme  kaj  elirante  mi  ne  sufice  kovris  min. 

Oni  neniam  estas  sufice  singarda.  Sed  kun  tia 
vetero  vi  estos  baldaii  resanigita. 

Mi  jam  venis  por  vin  viziti ;  sed  mi  pensas  ke 
neniu  estis  ce  vi,  car  mi  sonoris,  mi  frapis  la  pordon 
almenati  dek  fojojn,  ne  atingante  ke  oni  malfermu  al 
mi. 

Kiun  tagon  vi  venis  1 

Tion  ci  mi  ne  memoras  pli  guste.  En  la  last* 
lundo  vespere,  mi  pensas. 

Je  kioma  horo  1 

Je  la  duono  de  la  sesa  (hnro),  se  mi  ne  eraras. 

Vi  kredeble  eraras,  au  pri  la  tago,  au  pri  la  horo. 


102 

Eble  ;  cetere  tio  ci  estas  ne  grava,  car  mi  vidas  vin 
hodiau  kaj  en  bona  sano. 

Cu  vi  bone  amuzis  vin  en  Parizo  ? 

Mi,  ho  !  grandege,  sed  mia  edzo,  kiu  nun  amas  nur 
la  kamparon,  ha  vis  unu  solan  deziron  :  tien  ci  reveni 
kiel  eble  plej  baldau. 

Kaj,  kompreneble,  por  ne  suferigi  lin  tro  forte,  vi 
reveriis  pli  baldau  ol  vi  volis. 

Jes,  sed  en  la  edzeco  oni  devas  havi  la  kuragon 
fari  oferajojn  unu  al  la  alia.  Kaj  vi,  cu  vi  ne  intencas 
vojagi  tiun  ci  jaron  ? 

Jes,  ni  intencas  iri  al  la  bordo  de  la  maro.  Sed  mi 
atemlas  ke  mia  filo  estu  elirinta  el  la  kolegio. 

Cu  vi  estas  kontenta  je  li  ? 

Li  estas  bona  knabo,  kvieta,  obea  sed  senenergia. 

Vi  estas  eble  tro  postulema. 

Ne,  mi  certigas  al  vi,  sed  vere  li  timas  tro  multe 
ciun  penon. 

Kreskante  li  farigos  pli  kuraga  kaj  pli  laborema. 

Nu  !  kara  amikino,  mi  vin  lasas. 

Kiel,  vi  jam  foriras  ! 

Jes,  mi  promesis  ke  mi  estos  reveninta  je  la  kvina 
horo,  kaj  estas  jam  la  duono  de  la  sesa. 


PART    IV. 

LETTERS— COMMERCIAL,     ETC. 

Parizo,  la  1M  de  Sep.,  1901a. 
Kara  Sinjorino, 

Mi  skribis  al  vi  hierau,  sed  mia  letero  krucigis 
kun  la  via.  Mi  tre  volonte  enskribigas  vin  inter  la 
membroj-adeptoj  de  nia  societo.  Mi  esperas  ke  vi 
faros  cion  kion  vi  povos  por  vastigi  la  karan  lingvon 
inter  viaj  amikoj. 

Kun  amika  sal  u  to, 

Via, 
Sinjorino  C  .  D  .  .  . 

Nov-Jorko,  3.  11.  1902* 

Tre  estimata  Sinjoro, 

Hodiau  mi  ricevis  la  ekzempleron  de  du  gazetoj, 
kiujn  vi,  aminde,  sendis  al  mi.     Koran  dankon  ! 

Tre  fidele  la  via, 
Sinjoro  P  .  . .  B  . .  . 

Jorko,  1902* 

Kara  Amiko, 

Ciujn  bondezirojn  pri  goja  Kristnasko  kaj  pri 
felico  kaj  progreso  en  ciuj  bonajoj  en  la  nova  jaro ! 

Kun  kora  saluto, 
Sinjoro  F  .  . .  L  .  .  . 


104 

Berlino,  2an  de  Nov.,  1901a. 
Kara  Sinjoro, 

Mi  resenclis  la  artikolon  kun  tradukn  al  la 
jurnalo  per  la  posto  foriranta  je  11.30  matene,  kaj 
esperas  ke  gi  alvenos  ne  tro  malfrue  por  aperi 
morgau.  Mi  ankorau  ne  scias  detalojn  pri  la  fondo 
de  la  nova  societo. 

Kore  via, 
Sinjoro  D  .  .  .  V  ... 

Londono,  15an  de  Jan.,  1901a. 
Estimata  Sinjoro, 

Mi  volus  vin  viziti  lundon,  je  la  kvara  horo 
post  tagmezo,  se  tiu  horo  estus  konvena  al  vi.  Se 
mi  ne  ricevus  respondon,  mi  estus  ce  vi  je  la  horo 
nomita. 

Kun  saluto, 
Sinjoro  M  .  .  .  N  . . 

Dublino,  10an  de  Junio,  1901a. 
Kara  Sinjoro, 

Mi  treege  dejziras  havi  pruvon  de  la  praktikeco 
de  "Esperanto."  Cu  vi  volas  korespondadi  kun  mi 
per  postkartoj  ilustritaj  1  Per  tiuj  ci  ni  povus  doni 
reciproke  kelkajn  detalojn  pri  la  diversaj  vidajoj  de 
niaj  du  landoj. 

Kun  kora  saluto, 
Sinjoro  F  .  .  .  0  ... 

Madrido,  26an  de  Novembro,  1902a. 
Estimata  Samideano, 

Permesu  al  mi  prezenti  mian  gratulon  pri  via 
kurso.  Mi  tre  satas  vian  manieron  skribi,  ciam  uzante 
la  estintan  tempon  de  la  verbo  anstatau  la  estonta. 
Sendu  al  mi  klarigojn  pri  via  kurso  Esperanta.  Kie 


105 

estas   la   kunveno,    kiam   gi   farigas,   kiu   estas    gia 
instruisto,  kiom  da  lernantoj  vi  havas,  k.c. 

Sendu  al  nia  gazeto  artikolojn  au  detalojn  pri 
Esperanto,  ni  bezonas  iora  da  ili.  Mi  petegas  vin 
uzi  nian  gazeton  kiel  vian  propran.  Mi  enmetos  cion, 
kion  vi  sendos,  cu  Angla  au  Esperanto. 

Tute  via, 

Sinjoro  X  ...  V  ... 


Lisabono,  3«»  de  Oktobro,  1902*. 
Kara  Sinjoro, 

Mi  sciigis  de  S°  L.  Marko  ke  vi  interesigas  je  la 
lingvo  Esperanto.  Mi  esperas  ke  vi  helpos  en  la 
disvastigado  de  la  kara  lingvo  en  tiu  ci  lando,  kie 
novaj  aferoj  ne  estas  akceptataj  rapide. 

Eble  vi  legis  la  bonan  raporton  pri  Esperanto  en  la 
artikolo  farita  de  S°  W.  T.  Stead  en  la  "  Kevuo  de 
Revuoj  "  por  tiu  ci  monato 

Kun  frata  respekto, 
Sinjoro  B  .  .  .  A  ... 


Berlino,  9*°  de  Oktobro,  1901*. 
Kara  Sinjoro, 

Mi  ricevis  vian  leteron  de  la  10a  de  la  kuranta 
monato  kun  viaj  proponoj  pri  liveroj  kaj  la  anonco 
pri  viaj  specimenoj,  kiuj  ankati  bone  alvenis.  En 
aliaj  cirkonstancoj,  estus  malfacile  por  mi,  car  mi  ne 
havas  motivojn  por  forlasi  miajn  kutimajn  liverantojn, 
kiuj  kontentigas  min.  Tamen,  car  la  prezoj  kiujn  vi 
prezentas  al  mi  estas  iom  pli  malkaraj,  mi  mendas  de 
vi,  por  provo,  cent  risrnojn  da  paj>ero  konforma  je  la 
specimeno  No.  1,  kaj  tiom  same  da  No.  2. 

Se  viaj  liveroj  estos  kontentigaj,  kiel  mi  esperas. 
mi  sendos  al  vi  pli  grandajn  mendojn. 

Por  la  pago,   volu  prezentigi    kambion    al    mia 


106 

kontoro,  post  tridek  tagoj,  kun  2  %  da  diskonto, 
konforme  je  viaj  kondicoj. 

Koncerne  vian  proponon  pri  drapoj,  mi  bedaiiras 
ke  mi  ne  povas  profiti  gin,  car  mi  tute  min  ne  okupas 
je  tiuj  komercajoj. 

Atendante  vian  avizon  pri  la  sendo,  mi  prezentas 
al  vi,  Sinjoro,  mian  sinceran  saluton. 

Sinjoro  P.  Grandaire  en  Lyon.  J.  L. 


C  ...  la  2ande  Nov.,  1901* 
Sinjoroj, 

Uicevinte  vian  sendajon  mi  devas  kun  bedatiro 
sciigi  al  vi,  ke  mi  ne  trovis  ciiiu  oleon  eteran  en 
kvalito  tia,  kian  mi  deziris  kaj  kian  mi  povas  bezoni. 
Precipe  mi  trovis  la  oleon  mentan,  koncerne  purecon, 
tiel  malbonkvalita,  ke  gia  valoro  estas  tre  pli  malalta 
ol  la  ordinara. 

Car  la  nomita  oleo  Sajnis  al  mi  suspektinda,  mi 
decidis  fari  al  gi  pli  zorgan  nemian  analizon,  kaj  jen 
mi  trovis,  entreprenante  la  sulfuracidan  alkoholprovon 
de  Jiager,  ke  la  oleo  estas  falsigita  per  oleo  sasafrasa  ! 

Car  mi  do  tian  ne  povas  uzi,  mi  estas  devigita 
resendi  gin  al  vi  kaj  mi  petas  satntempe  pri  tuja  nova 
sendajo  da  pura  oleo,  car  alie  mi  devos  tiun  saman 
aliloke  prizorgi. 

Ateudante  vian  baldauan  respondon,  mi  estas  kun 
estimo. 

Via, 

Sinjoroj  N.  N.  O.  0. 


Amsterdamo,  la  3an  de  Februaro,  1902*. 
Sinjoro, 

Vian    e-timatan    adreson    ni   dankas  al   niaj 
komunaj  amikoj    sinjoroj   N.   N.  kaj   per   tio  ci   ni 


107 

pcrmesas  al  ni  proponi  al  vi  niajn  servojn  por  vendado 
kaj  acetudo  de  .  .  .  sur  tiu  ci  loko. 

Ni  multe  gojos,  se  la  nnna  letero  estos  la  komenco 
I  or  korespondado,  kin  povas  esti  utila  tiel  al  vi  kiel 
al  ni,  kaj  ni  vin  certigas  ke  en  cm  okazo  ni  penos  fari 
cion  eblan  por  la  interesoj  de  niaj  estimataj  klientoj. 

Donante  la  reference]' n  sube  skribitajn,  ni  estas 
pretaj  lau  via  deziro  sendi  al  vi  niajn  kondicojn  la 
plej  malaltajn  kaj  ni  atendas  vian  afablan  respondon. 

Kun  alta  estimo, 

Referencoj  :  N.  N. 

Sinjoroj  N.  N. 

Parizo,  la  5^  de  Aprilo,  1903». 
Gesinjoroj ! 

Ni  havas  la  honoron  sciigi  al  la  Estimindaj 
Legantoj  de  "  Korrespondens "  ke  ni  posedas  la 
literojn  specialajn  por  presi  Esj>eranton,  kaj  ke  ni 
estas  tute  arangtaj  por  la  preso  de  ciuj  Leteroj, 
Cirkuleroj,  Brosuroj,  iievuoj,  k.  t.  p.  kiujn  ili  povus 
bezoni. 

Tiujn  ni  ciam  presos  tre  zorge  kaj  kiel  eble  plej 
malkare. 

Volu  akcepti,  Gesinjoroj,  nian  sinceran  saluton. 

S.  S. 

Londono,  la  4M  de  Januaro,  1901*. 
Estimata  Sinjoro, 

Kiel  Esperantisto,  permesu  ke  mi  petu  de  vi  la 
sekvantan  servon. 

Sinjoro  B  .  .  .  el  X  ...  posedas  sipon  nomatan 
Olga,  kiu  nun  prenas  §argon  en  New-York  por  tiu  ci 
haveno,  kaj  mi  skribas  al  li  hodiau  por  proponi  mian 
serj'on  kiel  si  pa  makleristo. 

Car  li  kiedeble  ne  konas  ec  mian  nomon,  6u  vi 
kompleze  volus  rekomendi  min  al  tiu  Sinjoro  ?  Vi 


108 

povus  certigi  lin,  ke  mi  tre  zorge  min  okupus  je  la 
aferoj  de  lia  sipo. 

Kun  mia  antaua  danko,  volu  akcepti  tre  si  net; ran 
saluton  de 

via, 

Sinjoro  A  ...  B  .  .  . 

Berlino,  la  8an  de  Januaro,  1901a. 
Estimata  Sinjoro, 

Mi  ricevis  vian  leteron  de  la  4a  de  tin  ci 
monato  kaj  volonte  plenigus  vian  deziron  parolante 
pri  vi  al  sinjoro  B  .  .  .  ;  bedaurinde  mi  konas  lin  tro 
malmulte,  por  ke  mia  rekomendo  povu  esti  efika.  Mi 
do  transdonis  vian  leteron  al  unu  amiko  mia,  kin 
havas  pli  oftajn  rilatojn  kun  tiu  sinjoro,  kaj  mi 
esperas,Ake  per  li  vi  atingos  la  deziratan  celon. 
Ciam  preta  por  servi  al  vi,  mi  restas, 

tre  via, 
Sinjoro  B  .  .  .  A  ... 

Nov-Jorko,  la  9an  de  Februaro,  1901*. 
Estimata  Sinjoro, 

Mi  ricevis  giatempe  vian  leteron  de  la  4a  de 
Marto,  kaj  mi  renkontis  hierau  sinjoron  D.,  kin 
varme  rekomendis  vin  kaj  petis,  ke  mi  konfidu  al  vi 
la  aferojn  de  mia  sipo  OLUA. 

Car  mi  havas  ankorau  ncnian  agenton  en  via  urbo, 
mi  estas  preta  akcepti  vian  proponon  ;  sed  mi  antaue 
deziras,  ke  vi  konigu  al  mi  vian  plej  moderan  prezon 
por  la  ricevo  kaj  ekspedo  de  la  dirita  sipo. 

Se  viaj  kondicoj  estas  akcepteblaj  kaj  se  mi  estos 
kontentigita  de  via  servo,  mi  volonte  adresos  al  vi 
ciujn  pluajn  sipojn,  kiujn  mi  poste  sendos  al  via 
haveno. 

Atendante  vian  baldauan  respondon,  mi  subskribas, 
kun  estimo. 

Sinjoro  C  .  .  .  D  .  .  . 


109 

Parizo,  la  2"1  de  Junio,  1902*. 
Estimata  Sinjoro, 

Audinte  ke  vi  nun  havas  lokon  liberan  en  via 
oficejo,  mi  per  tiu  ci  letero  venas,  kun  la  rekomendo 
de  S°  E  .  .  . ,  proponi  al  vi  mian  servon,  kaj  esperas, 
ke  vi  favore  akceptos  gin. 

Mi  estas  dudekjara  kaj  estis  jam  dum  tri  jaroj 
komizo  en  la  firmo  F  .  .  .  kaj  K°,  kies  almetita 
atesto  montros  al  vi,  ke  ili  ciam  estis  kontentigataj  de 
miaj  servoj  kaj  ke  mi  ilin  forlasis  latt  propra  volo, 
por  serci  pli  profitan  situacion.  Krom  Esperanto  mi 
scias  la  lingvojn  anglan  kaj  germanan ;  mi  ankaii 
konas  la  librotenadon  kaj  stenografion. 

Atendante  la  honoron  ricevi  vian  respondon,  mi 
prezentas  al  vi,  Sinjoro,  mian  respektan  saluton. 

Sinjoro  N  .  .  .  E  .  .  . 

Londono,  G"1  de  Junio,  1902*. 
Estimata  Sinjoro, 

Mi  permesas  al  mi  sciigi  vin,  ke  mia  reprezentanto 
S°  G.  en  la  nuna  monato  havos  la  honoron  prezenti 
sin  ce  vi,  por  proponi  diversajn  komercajojn,  kiujn 
mi  povas  nun  liveri  en  kondicoj  vere  profitaj. 

Mi  esperas,  ke   vi  lin  akceptos   kun   via   kutima 
afableco  kaj  ke  vi  donos  al  li  kelkajn  mendojn,  kiujn 
mi  promesas  plenumi  akurate  kaj  kontentige. 
Kiel  ciam  al  viaj  ordonoj,  mi  restas, 

Tre  sincere  via, 
Sinjoro  0  ...  M  .  . . 

Parizo,  en  la  15»n  de  Februaro,  1902*. 
Al  sinjoroj  H.  Eriksen  kaj  K°.  Kristiania. 
Sinjoroj, 

Mi  legis  en  la  gazeto  Korrespondeus  ke  vi 
deziras  kontoriston,  kiu,  krom  librokonduko,  kom- 
prenas  la  francan  lingvon  kaj  la  lingvon  internacian 
Esperanto. 


110 

Mi  posedas  la  deziratajn  sciojn,  kaj  tial  mi  permcsas 
al  mi  proponi  al  vi  mian  servadon  por  la  vakanta  loko 
(okupado). 

En  la  tempo  de  tri  jaroj  mi  estis  okupata  en  la 
institute  de  komercinstruisto,  direktoro  Hermod. 
iSinjoro  Hermod  donos  al  vi  ciujn  informojn,  kiujn 
iel  vi  deziras  tusante  mian  konduton  kaj  taugecon. 
Cetere  mi  vin  certigas,  ke  mi  penados  meriti  vian 
kontenton  per  gusta  plenumado  de  miaj  devoj. 

Atendante  vian  bonvolan  respondon,  mi  havas  la 
honoron  esti 

Via  humila  servanto, 

P.  .. 

Bombe'o,  6an  Februaron,  1903a, 
Al  S-roj  Scott  &  Mc.Dowell,  Glasgo. 
Karaj  Sinjoroj, 

Konfirmante  nian  leteron  datitan  17an  lastan 
monaton,  ni  petas  vin  nun  akcepti  al  scio  ke  ni 
subskribis  kontrau  vi,  per  la  ordono  kaj  por  la  kalkulo 
de  S-roj  Lapis  Fratoj,  Milano,  unu  kambion  lau  la 
sekvantaj  detaloj  :— No.  789.  £321  :  10  :  0.  Post  3 
monatoj.  Ordono  : — Grindley  &  May. 

Ni  enmetas  unu  kopion  de  la  fakturo  pri  la 
komerca^oj  ensipigitaj  pri  kiuj  ni  subskribis  la 
kambion  :  dua  kaj  tria  kopioj  sekvos  per  la 
plej  proksima  posto. 

Kekomendante  nian  kambion  al  via  atento,  ni  estas, 

Viaj 

LAW  &  KOE. 


Lyon  la  10an  de  Marto,  1902*. 
Sinjoro, 

Kun  la  rekomendo  de  honorinda  negocisto  de 
via  regiono,mi  permesasal  miadresi  al  vi  mian  prezaron 
generalan  kaj  samtempe  kelkajn  specimeuojn  de  la 


Ill 


vendobjektoj  paperaj  kaj  kartonaj,  kiujn  mi  havas 
ordinare  en  mia  mngazeno.  Mi  esperas  ke  vi  satos  la 
kvaliton  tute  rimarkindan  de  la  komercajoj  kiujn  mi 
proponas  al  vi,  kaj  ke  la  kondicoj  profitaj,  je  kiuj  mi 
povas  liveri  ilin  al  vi,  decidigos  vin  doni  al  mi  viajn 
mendojn. 

Vi  povas  ankaii  vidi  en  mia  katalogo,  ke,  krom  la 
paperoj,  mi  ankau  makleras  pri  ciuj  komercajoj  de 
la  urbo  Roubaix,  speciale  pri  drapoj  kaj  teksajoj 
ciuspecaj.  Miaj  malnovaj  kaj  konstantaj  interrilatoj 
kun  ciuj  firmoj  citieaj  donas  al  mi  la  eblon 
trakti  la  negocojn  de  miaj  mendantoj  kun  la  tuta 
kompetenteco  dezirinda  kaj  per  tia  maniero,  ke  ili 
estu  plene  kontentaj. 

Esperanto  ke  vi  favoros  min  per  viaj  mendoj,  mi 
petas,  Sinjoro,  ke  vi  akceptu  miau  sinceran  saluton. 

Sinjoro  J.  P. 


A     FEW     IDIOMATIC     PHRASES. 


1.  Mi  skribos  leteron  ho- 

diaii. 

2.  Mi  jus  estis  vidita  de 

mia  patro,  aft,  Mia 
patro  jus  min  vidis, 

3.  Li   estis  jus  pafota, 

sed  oni  lin  pardonis. 

4.  Mi  estos  deingata  viziti 

(ati  inviti)  la  dok- 
toron  morgait. 

5.  Mi  devos  viziti  la  dok- 

toron  margati,  aft, 
Estas  necese  ke  mi 
vizitu,  k.c. 


1.  I   shall   (write  or  am 

going  to  write)  a  let- 
ter to-day. 

2.  I  have  been  seen  just 

now  by  my  father,  or, 
My  father  saw  me 
just  now. 

3.  He   was   about   to  be 

shot,  but  they  par- 
doned him. 

4.  T  am  obliged  to  visit 

(or  receive — see)  the 
doctor  to  morrow. 

5.  I  have  to  visit  (to  see) 

thedoctorto-morrow, 
or,  It  is  necessary 
that  I  see,  etc. 


112 


6.  Mi  devas  k.c.  (as  in 

No.  5),  aii,  Estas 
arangite  kemi  vizitu, 
k.c. 

7.  Estas  necese   ke    mi 

vizitu  la  doktoron 
morgati,  ati,  Mi 
efektive  devas  vidi 
(aii  viziti)  la  dok- 
toron,  k.c. 

8.  Mi      devigis      skribi 

kteron, 

9.  Mi  devis  skribi  kteron, 

ait,  Estis  necese  ke 
mi  skribu,  k.c. 

10.  Mi  sendube  kgis  (ait 

trakgis)  la  libron, 
Mipensas  ke  mi  certe 
kgis,  k.c. 

11.  Mi  volas  ricevi  la  sin- 

joron,  Mi  deziras 
ricevi,  k.c.,  Mi  estas 
preta  par  ricevi,  k.c. 


1 2.  Mi  estis  volanta  ricevi 

la  sinjoron,  sed  io 
okazis  por  sangi  (ait 
Sangante)  mian  vo- 
lon,  sed  nun  mi  ne 
deziras  lin  ricew. 

13.  Mi  povas  vidi  la  sipojn 

en  la  haveno,  ail,  Mi 
havas  lapovon  'eidi, 
k.c. 


6.  I  am  to  see  the  doctor, 

etc.,  or,  It  is  arranged 
that  I  am  to  see,  etc. 

7.  I  must  see  the  doctor, 

etc.,  or,  In  fact,  I 
shall  be  obliged  to 
see  the  doctor,  etc. 


8.  I  have  been  obliged  to 

write  a  letter. 

9.  I  have  had  to  write  a 

letter,  or,  It  was 
necessary  that  I 
write  a  letter. 

10.  I  must  have  read  the 

book,  I  think  that  I 
certainly  read  the 
book. 

11.  I  am  willing  to  receive 

the  gentleman.  (The 
different  translations 
must  depend  on  con- 
text, and  whether 
mere  consent  or  de 
sire  is  meant). 

12.  I  was  (have  been)  will- 

ing to  receive  the 
gentleman,  but  some- 
thing happened  to 
change  my  mind,  or, 
but  now  I  do  not 
desire  to  receive  him. 

13.  I  am  able  (can)  see  the 

ships  in  the  harbor, 
or,  I  have  the  power 
to  see,  etc. 


113 


1 4  Mi  poms  vidi  la  Sipojn 
en  la  haveno,  se  mi 
estusposedinta  bonan 
Iwnon. 

15.  Mi  povis  vidi  la  Sipojn 

en  la  haveno. 

16.  Mi  devas  skribi,  sed 

la  tempo  mankas. 

17.  Mi  devis  skribi,  sed  mi 

tuteforgesis§infari. 

18.  Mi  jus  estis  skribonta, 

kiam    la    telegramo 
alvenis. 


14.  I  could  have  seen  the 

ships  in  the  harbor  if 
I  had  had  a  good 
glass. 

15.  I  was  able  (have  been 

able)  to  see  the  ships 
in  the  harbor. 

16.  I  ought  bo  write,  but  I 

have  no  time  (time  JN 
wanting). 

17.  I  ought  to  have  writ- 

ten, but  I  quite  for- 
got to  do  it. 

18.  I   was  just    about  to 

write,  when  the  tele- 
gram arrived. 


PART  V.— VOCABULARIES. 


I.— ENGLISH-ESPERANTO. 

The  words  contained  in  this  vocabulary  are  quite 
sufficient  for  all  ordinary  purposes.  I  wish,  however, 
to  give  the  reader  a  few  hints  regarding  the  manner 
of  using,  in  the  event  of  his  requiring  any  word  not 
found  in  it. 

1  st.  The  word  you  look  for  may  be  perhaps  a  word 
common  to  most  countries.  For  instance,  you  will 
not  find  such  universal  words  as  microphone,  tele- 
phone, etc.  In  this  case  refer  to  the  section  on 
"  Foreign  words,"  and  you  will  have  no  difficulty  in 
forming  such  words  for  yourself. 

2nd.  The  word  you  may  want  is  perhaps  a 
synonym,  and  this  synonymous  word  you  will,  in  all 
likelihood,  find  in  the  vocabulary.  For  instance,  you 
may  be  looking  for  the  verb  "  to  seize  " ;  if  you  cannot 
find  it,  look  for  the  verb  "  to  catch,"  etc. 

3rd.  Also  if  you  want  to  find  the  word  "  short," 
look  for  its  opposite  "  long  "  and  prefix  "  Mai,"  and 
then  you  have  it.  The  same  way  with  scores,  nay 
hundreds  of  other  words.  Hence  it  is  well  to  have  a 
good  working  knowledge  of  the  prefixes  and  affixes. 
A  thorough  acquaintance  with  these  will  place  almost 
every  possible  word  within  your  reach.  With  a 
much  briefer  vocabulary  than  the  one  before  you,  I, 
by  adopting  these  few  rules,  read  everything  I  came 
across  in  Esperanto,  and  wrote  all  my  correspondence 
with  a  large  number  of  Esperantists. 

4th:  The  words  marked  with  an  asterisk  are 
invariable ;  the  other  words  form  different  parts  of 
speech  by  changing  final  letter,  as  Ami,  to  love 
(verb) ;  Amo,  love  (noun) ;  Ame,  lovingly  (adverb) ; 
Ama,  loving  (adjective). 


115 


A. 

able  kapabla. 

about  *pri,  *cirkatt. 

above  *super. 

accent  akcento. 

accompany  akompani. 

according  to  *latt. 

account  kalkulo. 

accurate  akurata. 

accustom  kutimi. 

acid  acido 

acorn  glano. 

acquire  akiri. 

across  *trans. 

act  agi. 

actual  efektiva. 

add  aldoni. 

address  adresi. 

adept  adepto. 

adieu  *adiatt. 

administrate  administri. 

admire  admiri. 

adore  adori. 

advertise  anonci. 

affair  afero. 

after  *post. 

again  re. 

against  *kontratt. 

age  ago. 

agreeable  agrabla. 

agree  konsenti. 

ah  !  *ha. 

aim  cell. 

air  (suhst.)  aero. 

air  (vb.)  aerumi. 


H2 


album  albumo. 

alder  alno. 

all  *cio,  *ciuj. 

allow  permesi. 

almond  migdalo. 

almost  *preskaii. 

alms  almozo. 

alone  sola. 

alphabet  alfabeto. 

already  *jam. 

also  *ankati. 

although  *kvankam. 

always  *ciam. 

ambassador  ambasadoro. 

amber  sukceno. 

among  *inter. 

amuse  amuzi. 

anchor  ankro. 

ancient  antikva 

and  *kaj. 

angel  angelo. 

anger  kolero. 

angle  angulo. 

annoy  enui. 

answer  respondi. 

ant  formiko. 

anxiety  maltrankvilo. 

any  *ia. 

anyhow  *iel. 

anyone  *iu. 

anyone's  *ies. 

anything  *io. 

anytime  *iam. 

anywhere  *ie. 

appear  aperi. 

appk  porno. 

apricot  abrikoto. 


116 


arbor  laubo. 
arch  arko. 
argue  disputi. 
argument  argumento. 
arm  brako. 
around  *cirkaii. 
arouse  veki 
arrange  arangi. 
arrow  sago. 
arsenic  arseniko. 
art  arto. 

artichoke  artisoko. 
as  *kiel. 
ash  cindro. 
ash-tree  frakseno. 
ask  demand!. 
asparagus  asparago. 
ass  azeno. 
assist  helpi. 
at  *en,  *ce,  *apud. 
at  least  *almenaii. 
attack  ataki. 
attain  atingi. 
attempt  provi. 
attentive  atenta. 
attest  atesti. 
author  autoro. 
authority  raj  to. 
average  mezonombro. 
avoid  eviti. 
await  atendi. 
awake  veki. 
away  *f  or. 
axis  akso. 
azote  [nitrogen]  azoto. 


B. 

bachelor  fraiilo. 

back  (subst.)  dorso. 

badger  melo. 

bag  sako. 

baggage  pakajo. 

bake  baki. 

balance  balanci. 

ball  pilko. 

bank  banko. 

baptize  bapti. 

bar  bari. 

bare  nuda. 

bark  [of  dog]  bojo. 

bark  [of  tree]  selo. 

barley  hordeo. 

barrel  barelo. 

basket  korbo. 

bat  vesperto. 

bath  banilo. 

battle  batalo. 

be  esti. 

beak  beko. 

beam  [of  sun]  radio. 

beam  [of  wooa]  trabo. 

bean  fabo. 

bear  (subst.)  urso. 

bear  (vb.)  porti,  toleri. 

bear  (to  produce)  produkti 

beard  barbo. 

beast  besto. 

beat  bati. 

beautiful  bela. 

beaver  kastoro. 

become  farigi. 

bed  lito. 


117 


bed  [garden]  bedo. 

bee  abelo. 

beech  fago. 

beer  biero. 

beet  beto. 

beetle  skarabo. 

before  *antafi. 

beg  peti. 

begin  komenci. 

behind  *post. 

behold  rigardi. 

believe  kredi. 

belly  ventro. 

belong  aparteni. 

bench  benko. 

bend  (v.  a.)  fleksi. 

bend  (v.  n.)  klini. 

beneath  *sub. 

berry  bero. 

beside  *preter,  *ekster. 

bet  veti. 

betroth  fiancigi. 

between  *inter. 

bicycle  biciklo. 

bilberry  mirtelo. 

bind  ligi. 

bind  [books]  bindi. 

bird  birdo. 

birch  betulo. 

biscuit  biskvito. 

bite  mordi. 

black  nigra. 

bladder  veziko. 

blame  mallaudi. 

bleat  bleki. 

bless  beni. 

blind  (adj.)  blinda. 


blood  sango. 

blow  (vb.)  blovi. 

Hue  blua. 

body  korpo. 

boil  (vb.)  boli. 

bolt  riglo. 

bone  osto. 

bonnet  capelo. 

book  libro. 

book-keeping  librotenado. 

boot  boto. 

bore  (vb.)  bori. 

borrow  prunte  preni. 

both  *ambaii. 

bottle  botelo. 

bottom  fundo. 

boundary  limo. 

bouquet  bukedo. 

bourse  borso. 

bow      [to      shoot      with] 

arko. 

bow  [of  fiddle]  arco. 
bowl  kaliko. 
box  (subst.)  kesto. 
box  (vb.)  bati,  pugni. 
boy  knabo. 
brain  cerbo. 
branch  bran  60. 
brandy  brando. 
bread  pano. 
break  rompi. 
bream  bramo. 
breast  brusto. 
breathe  spin. 
brick  briko. 
bridge  ponto. 
bridle  brido. 


118 


bright  brila. 

broad  larga. 

brother  frato. 

brown  bruna. 

brush  broso. 

bucket  sitelo. 

buckwheat  poligono. 

bud  burgono. 

buffalo  bubalo. 

buffet  bufedo. 

bug  cimo. 

Imild  konstrui. 

bulb  bulbo. 

bull  bovo. 

bullet  kuglo. 

bundle  fasko. 

bureau  kontoro,  oficejo. 

burn  (r.  n.)  bruli. 

burn  (v.  a.)  bruligi. 

but  *sed. 

butter  butero. 

butterfly  papilio. 

button  butono. 

buy  aceti. 

by  *per,  *po,  *apud. 

c. 

cabbage  brasiko. 
cabin  kajuto. 
cactus  kakto. 
cage  kago. 
cake  kuko. 
calculate  kalkuli. 
calico  kalikoto. 
call  voki. 
camel  kamelo. 


can  (subst.) 
can  (vb.)  povas. 
canary  kanario. 
candle  kandelo. 
candy  kando. 
cane  kano. 
capable  kapabla. 
car  [railroad]  vagono. 
caraffe  karafo. 
card  karto. 
care  zorgi. 
caress  karesi. 
carp  [fish]  karpo. 
carpenter  carpento. 
carpet  tapiso. 
carriage  kaleso. 
carrot  karoto. 
case  skatolo. 
cash  kaso. 
cast  [metals]  fandi. 
cast  [throwjjeti. 
castle  kastelo. 
cat  kato. 
catarrh  kataro. 
catch  kapti. 
caterpillar  raupo. 
cause  kattzi. 
cave  kavo. 
cavern  kaverno. 
cease  cesi,  halti. 
cedar  cedro. 
ceiling  plafono. 
cellar  kelo. 
cement  cemento. 
certain  certa. 
chagrin  cagreno. 
chain  6eno. 


119 


chalk  kreto. 

cluimber  cambro. 

chamomile  kamomilo. 

change  sangi. 

chapter  capitro. 

charm  carmi. 

chase  casi. 

chatter  babili. 

cheat  trompi. 

cheek  vango. 

cheese  fromago. 

chemise  cemizo 

chemistry  iiemio 

cheque  ceko. 

cherish  flegi. 

cherry  cerizo. 

chess  sakoj. 

chestnut  kastano. 

chew  maci. 

chief  cefo. 

child  infano. 

chin  mentono. 

chisel  cizilo. 

chocolate  cokolado. 

choose  elekti. 

cigar  cigaro. 

cigarette  cigaredo. 

cinder  cindro. 

circumstance  cirkonstanco. 

claim  postuli. 

clamp  (bracket)  krampo. 

clay  argilo. 

clean  pura. 

clear  klara. 

clerk  komizo. 

clever  lerta. 

clock  horlogo. 


cloth  [a]  tuko. 
cloth  [goods]  drapo. 
clothe  vesti. 
cloud  nubo. 
club  klubo. 
coal  karbo. 
coal-oil  petrolo. 
coast  bordo. 
cod  gado. 
coffee  kafo. 
coffin  cerko. 
collar  kolumo. 
collect  kolekti. 
color  koloro. 
column  kolono. 
comb  kombi. 
come  veni. 
comma  komo. 
command  ordoni. 
commerce  komerco. 
commission  komisio. 
committee  komitatc. 
common  komuna,  ordinara. 
communicate  komuniki. 
companion  kolego. 
compare  kompari. 
compassion  kompato. 
complain  plendi. 
conceal  kasi. 
concerning  *pri. 
conclude  konkludi. 
condition  kondico. 
conduct  konduto. 
conduct  (vb.)  konduki. 
confess  konfesi. 
confide  konfidi. 
confuse  konfuzi. 


120 


congratulate  gratuli. 
conquer  venki. 
conscience  konscienco. 
conscious  konscia. 
consent  konsenti. 
console  konsoli. 
constant  konstanta. 
construct  konstrui. 
consumption  ftizo. 
content  kontenta. 
continue  datiri. 
contract  kontrakti. 
convenient  oportuna. 
convince  konvinki. 
cook  kuiri. 
copper  kupro. 
copy  kopio. 
cork  korko. 
corn  greno. 
corn  [on  foot]  kalo. 
corner  angulo. 
correct  korekti. 
correspond  korespondi. 
cost  kosti. 
cotton  kotono. 
cough  tusi. 
count  kalkuli. 
counter  kontoro. 
country  lando. 
cousin  kuzo. 
cover  kovri. 
covetous  avara. 
crab  kankro. 
crafty  ruza. 
crane  sarglevilo. 
crane  [bird]  gruo. 
cravat  kravato. 


crawl  rampi. 
cream  kremo. 
create  krei. 
cricket  [insect]  grilo. 
crime  krimo. 
cross  (subst.)  kruco. 
crowd  amaso. 
crown  kroni. 
cruel  kruela. 
crumple  cifi. 
cry  krii. 

cry  [of  beasts]  bleki. 
cuckoo  kukolo. 
cucumber  kukumo. 
cuff  manumo. 
cup  taso. 
cupboard  §ranko. 
currant  ribo. 
curtain  kurteno. 
curved  kurba. 
cushion  kuseno. 
custom  kutimo. 
cut  tranci. 


D, 

damage  difekto. 
dance  danci. 
danger  d  anger  o. 
date  [fruit]  daktilo. 
day  tago. 
deaf  surda. 
dear  kara. 
deceive  trompi. 
decide  decidi. 
deck  ferdeko. 


121 


decree  dekreto. 

dedicate  dedici. 

deep  profunda. 

deer  cervo. 

defend  defend!. 

define  difini. 

deformed  kripla.     4 

demand  postuli. 

denounce  denunci. 

dense  densa. 

department  departemento. 

depict  pentri,  figuri. 

desert  dezerto. 

desert  forlasi. 

deserve  meriti. 

design  desegni. 

desire  deziri. 

destroy  detrui. 

detail  detalo. 

devil  diablo. 

dew  roso. 

diameter  diametro. 

diamond  diamante. 

die  morti. 

dig  fosi. 

diligent  diligenta. 

direct  direkti. 

disappoint  cagreni. 

discharge  [pour  out]  suti. 

discount  diskonto,  rabato. 

dish  plado. 

dispute  disputi. 

distract  distri. 

distribution  disdono. 

diverse  diversa. 

divide  dividi. 

divine,  (vb.)  diveni. 


do  fari. 

dog  hundo. 

dollar  dolaro. 

doll  pupo. 

door  pordo. 

dot  punkto. 

doubt  dubi. 

dough  paste. 

dove  kolombo. 

down  (subst.)  lanugo. 

draw  [out]  tiri. 

draw  [along]  treni. 

draw  [pictures]  pentri. 

drawers  [chest  of]  komodo. 

dream  songi. 

drink  trinki. 

drop  guti. 

drown  droni. 

drug  drogo. 

drum  tamburo. 

dry  seka. 

duck  anaso. 

dumb  muta. 

dust  polvo. 

duty  devo. 


E. 

each*cia.,  *ciu. 

eagle  agio. 

ear  orelo. 

ear  [of  grain]  spiko. 

early  frua. 

earth  tero. 

east  orionto. 


122 


Easter  pasko. 
easy  facila. 
eat  mangi. 
ecstasy  ravo. 
edge  rando. 
editor  redaktoro. 
educate  eduki. 
eel  angilo. 
effect  efiki. 
egg  ovo. 
eight  *ok. 
elastic  elasta. 
elbow  kubuto. 
elect  elekti. 
elephant  elefanto. 
elk  alko. 
embank  digi. 
embarrass  geni. 
embrace  cirkaiipreni 
eminent  eminenta. 
enceinte  graveda. 
end  fini. 
endeavour  peni. 
endure  datiri. 
engage  okupi. 
engineer  ingeniero. 
eenugh  sufica. 
entertain  regali. 
entice  logi. 
envelope  koverto. 
envy  envio. 
epoch  epoko. 
equal  egala. 
error  eraro. 
especially  precipe. 
establish  fondi. 
esteem  estimi. 


eternal  eterna. 
etiquette  etiketo. 
even  (adj.)  ebena. 
even  (adv.)  *ec. 
evening  vespero. 
every  *cia 
everyone  *ciu. 
everything  *cio. 
everywhere  *cie. 
examine  ekzaraeni. 
example  ekzemplo. 
except  escepti. 
exchange  [bill  of]  kambio 
execute  ekzekuti. 
exercise  ekzerco. 
exhibition  ekspozicio. 
exist  ekzisti. 
expedite  ekspedi. 
expel  peli. 
expend  elspezi. 
expert  sperta. 
explode  eksplodi. 
explore  esplori. 
express  esprimi. 
extinguish  estingi. 
extreme  ekstrema. 
eye  okulo. 
eyelid  palpebro. 


P. 

fable  fablo. 
face  viza.go. 
fac-simile  faksimilo. 
fade  velki. 
faint  sveni. 


123 


fair  (subst.)  foiro. 

faithful  fidela. 

falcon  falko. 

fall  [of  year]  autuno. 

fall  (vb.)  fall. 

false  falsa. 

family  familio. 

fan  ventumilo. 

fancy  revo. 

fashion  fasono. 

fast  (adj.)  rapida. 

fast  (vb.)  fasti. 

fat  grasa. 

fate  sorto. 

father  patro. 

fathom  klafto. 

fault  kulpo. 

favor  favori. 

favor  [do  a]  komplezi. 

fear  timi. 

feast  festi. 

feel  (v.  a.)  palpi. 

feel  (v.  n.)  senti. 

felt  felto. 

fern  filiko. 

fever  febro. 

field  kampo. 

fiff  fig°- 
fight  batali. 

file  fajlilo. 
filter  filtri. 
find  trovi. 
finger  fingro. 
finish  fini. 
fir  abio. 
fire  fajro. 
fireplace  fajrejo. 


firm  firma. 
fish  fi§o. 
fiat  pugno. 
five  *kvin. 
flag  standardo. 
flat  plata. 
flatter  flati. 
flax  lino. 
fleece  felo. 
flint  siliko. 
flow  faruno. 
flow  flui. 
flower  floro. 
^wjf  lanugo. 
fluid  fluajo. 
flute  fluto. 

(vb.)  flugi. 
fly  (subst.)  muso. 
foam  s;mmo. 
fog  nebulo. 
fold  faldi. 
follow  sekvi. 
foot  piedo. 

for  *por,  *pro,  *car. 
forehead  frunto. 
foreign  fremda. 
forge  forgi. 
forget  forgesi. 
forget-me-not  miozoto. 
forgive  pardoni. 
fork  forko. 
forth  *for. 
fortified  fortika. 
fortunate  felica. 
fountain  fonto. 
four  *kvar. 
fox  vulpo 


124 


frame  kadro. 

franc  franko. 

free  libera. 

fresh  fresa. 

Friday  vendredo. 

friend  amiko. 

fright  teruro. 

frog  rano. 

from  *el,  *de. 

front  fronto. 

frost  frosto. 

fruit  f rukto. 

frying  pan  pato. 

fulfil  plenum!. 

full  plena. 

fume  (subst.)  haladza 

funeral  funebro. 

fungus  fungo. 

fur  pelto. 

furious  freneza. 

furniture  meblo. 

furrow  sulko. 


G. 

gain  gajni. 
gaiter  gamaSo. 
gall  galo. 
garden  gardeno. 
garlic  ajlo. 
gas  gaso. 
gather  kolekti. 
gay  gaja. 
gentle  gentila. 
gentleman  sinjoro. 
genus  gen  to. 


get  ricevi. 
give  doni,  donaci. 
glare  heli. 
glass  vitro. 
glass  [a]  glaso. 
globe  globo. 
glory  gloro. 
glove  ganto. 
glue  gluo. 
gnat  kulo. 
go  iri. 
goat  kapro. 
God  Dio. 
gold  oro. 
good  bona. 
good-lye  *adiau. 
goods  stofo. 
goose  ansero. 
gooseberry  groso. 
grain  greno. 
grain  [a]  grajno. 
grandfather  avo. 
grandson  nepo. 
grape  vinbero. 
grass  herbo. 
grasshopper  akrido. 
grease  sebo. 
great  granda. 
green  verda. 
grey  griza. 
grind  mueli. 
groan  germ, 
grouse  urogalo. 
grow  kreski. 
gruel  kaco. 
guarantee  garantio. 
gvard  gardi. 


125 


guess  diveni. 
guest  gasto. 
gulf  golf  o. 
gum  gumo. 
gunpowder  pulvo. 


H. 

hail  hajlo. 
hair  haro. 
ham  ainko. 
hammer  martelo. 


mano. 
handicraft  metio. 
handy  lerta. 
fom<7  pendi. 
hangings  tapeto. 
happen  okazi. 
happy  felica. 
harbor  haveno. 
hardly  *apena£L 
hare  leporo. 
harp  harpo. 
harrow  erpi. 
hat  capelo. 
have  havi. 
hawk  akcipitro. 
hay  fojno. 
heli. 

head  ka|K>. 
health  suno. 
atidi. 

koro. 
heat  (v.  a.)  hejti. 
heaven  cielo. 
/k?€i  kalkano. 


AeW  infero. 

helmet  kasko. 

help  helpi. 

hemp  kanabo. 

here  *tie  ci. 

hero  heroo. 

heron  ardeo. 

herring  haringo. 

hew  haki. 

hide  (subst.)  hattta 

hide  (vb.)  ka§i. 

high  alta. 

hinge  carniro. 

hire  dungi. 

hit  frapi. 

hoarse  rafika. 

hog  porko. 

hold  teni. 

hole  truo. 

holy  sankta. 

home  hejmo. 

honest  hones ta. 

honey  mielo. 

honeysuckle  lonicero. 

honor  honori. 

hoof  hufo. 

hook  hoko. 

hope  esperi. 

hops  In  polo. 

horse  cevalo. 

horse-radish  kreno. 

host  mastro. 

hotel  hotelo. 

hour  horo. 

house  domo. 

how  *kiel. 

however  *tamen,  *do. 


126 


how  much,  many  *kiom. 
humble  humila. 
humming-bird  kolibro. 
humor  humoro. 
hump  gibo. 
hundred  *cent. 
hunt  casi. 
hurt  vundi. 
husband  edzo. 

I. 

/  mi. 
ice  glacio. 
if  *se. 

illustration  ilustrajo. 
imitate  imiti. 
immediately  *tuj. 
important  grava. 
inch  colo. 
incite  inciti. 
incline  klini. 
increase  kreski. 
indeed  *ja. 
industrious  diligenta. 
industry  industrio. 
infant  infano. 
infect  infekti. 
influence  influi. 
inherit  heredi. 
injure  vundi,  difekti. 
ink  inko. 
inner  interna. 
insect  insekto. 
insert  enmeti. 
instead  *anstatati. 
instruct  instrui. 
insult  insulti. 


insure  asekuri. 
intend  intenci. 
interest  interesi. 
intestine  intesto. 
invite  inviti. 
iron  fero. 
iron  (vb.)  gladi. 
island  insulo. 
it  gi. 

itch  juko. 
ivy  hedero. 

J. 

jacket  jako. 
jaw  faiiko. 
jealous  Jaluza. 
jewel  juvelo. 
join  jungi. 
joint  artiko. 
joke  serci. 
journal jurnalo. 
journey  veturo. 
joy  gojo. 
jubilee  jubilee. 
judge  jugi. 
jvg  kruco. 
juice  suko. 
just  (adj.)  justa. 
just  (adv.)  *]\IB. 

K. 

keep  konservi. 
keg  barelo. 
kernel  kerno. 
kerosene  petrolo, 


127 


kettle  kaldrono. 
key  slosilo. 
kidney  reno. 
kind  (subst.)  speco, 
kind  (adj.)  aminda. 
king  rego. 
kingdom  regno. 
kiss  kisi. 

knapsack  tornistro. 
knee  genuo. 
know  scii,  koni. 


L. 

labor  labori. 

lace  pasamento. 

lake  lago. 

lame  lama. 

land  lando. 

language  lingvo. 

lantern  lanterno. 

lard  lardo. 

large  granda. 

lark  alaiido. 

last  (adj.)  lasta. 

last  (vb.)dattri. 

laugh  ridi. 

law  lego. 

lead  (subst.)  plumbo. 

lead  (vb.)  konduki. 

leaf  folio. 

lean  (vb.)  apogi. 

leap  salti. 

learn  lerni. 

leather  ledo. 

leave  (subst.)  permeso. 


leave  (vb.)  lasi. 

leech  hirudo. 

legend  legend o. 

legume  legomo. 

lemon  citrono. 

lend  prunte  doni. 

lentil  lento. 

lesson  leciono. 

letter  letero. 

letter  [of  alphabet]  litero. 

lick  leki. 

lie  [down]  kusi. 

lie  [tell  a]  mensogi. 

lift  levi. 

light  (subst.)  lumo. 

lightning  fulmo. 

like  (vb.)  sati,  ami. 

like  (adj.)  simila. 

lily  lilio. 

lime  kalko. 

limit  limo. 

line  linio. 

linen  tolo. 

/ww  leono. 

lip  lipo. 

Zis/en  auskulti. 

fo'w  vivi,  logi. 

liver  hepato. 

lizard  lacerto. 

lo !  *jen. 

load  [a  gun]  sargi. 

lock  (subst.)  seruro. 

lock  (vb.)  slosi. 

locomotive  lokomotivo 

lodge  logi. 

long  (adj.)  longa. 

long  (vb.)  sopiri. 


128 


lose  perdi. 
lot  [cast]  loto. 
lottery  loterio. 
loud  laiita. 
lounge  kanapo. 
love  ami. 
lucifer  alumeto. 
lung  pulmo. 


M. 

machine  maSino. 
mad  kolera,  freneza. 
magpie  pi  go. 
mail  posto. 
maize  maizo. 
majesty  majesto. 
make  fari. 
man  homo,  viro. 
manner  maniero. 
manufactory  fabriko. 
many  multa. 
maple  acero. 
marble  marmoro. 
margin  margeno. 
marsh  marco. 
mason  masonisto. 
mass  amaso. 
mast  masto. 
master  mastro. 
mat  ma  to. 
match  alumeto. 
mattress  matraco. 
meal  faruno,  mangado. 
means  rimedo 
measure  meznri. 


meat  viando. 
medalion  medaliono. 
medicine  kuracilo. 
meet  renkonti. 
melon  melono. 
member  membro. 
memory  memoro. 
mercury  hidrargo. 
mesh  maso. 
miasma  haladzo. 
middle  mezo. 
migrate  migri. 
mile  mejlo. 
milk  (subst.)  lakto. 
milk  (vb.)  melki. 
mill  mueli. 
millet  milio. 
mind  ammo,  cerbo. 
mine  mia  (poss.  pron.)« 
mirror  spegulo. 
misery  mizero. 
mix  miksi. 
mixture  miksajo. 
model  modeli. 
moderate  modera. 
modest  modesta. 
molasses  siropo. 
mole  talpo. 
Monday  lundo. 
money  mono. 
monk  monaho. 
monkey  simio. 
month  monato. 
moon  In  no. 
more  *pli. 
mornina  mateno. 
moss  musko. 


129 


most  *plej. 
moth  tineo. 
mountain  monto. 
mourn  plori. 
mouse  muso. 
mouth  bu§o. 
move  movi. 
mow  falci. 
much  multe. 
mucilage  gumo. 
mud  koto. 
mulberry  moruso. 
mule  mulo. 
murmur  murmuri. 
mushroom  fungo. 
must  (vb.)  devis. 
mustard  mustardo. 

N. 

nail  najlo. 

nail  [finger]  ungo. 

naked  nuda. 

name  nomi. 

nape  nuko. 

nation  nacio. 

nature  nature. 

near  proksima. 

near  to  (prep.)  *apud. 

necessary  necesa. 

neck  kolo. 

need  (vb.)  bezoni. 

neigh  bleki. 

neighbor  najbaro. 

neither  *nek. 

nephew  nevo. 

nest  lusto. 


net  reto. 

nettle  urtiko. 

never  *neniam. 

new  nova. 

night  nokto. 

nightingale  riajtingalo. 

nine  *nail. 

no  *ne. 

noble  nobla. 

nobleman  nobelo. 

nobody  *neniu. 

nohow  *neniel. 

noise  bruo. 

none  *neniom. 

no  ones  *nenies. 

nor  *nek. 

north  nordo. 

nose  nazo. 

not  *ne. 

nothing  *nenio. 

nourish  nutri. 

now  *nuu. 

nowhere  *nenie. 

number  nombro,  numero. 

nut  nukso. 

o. 

oak  kverko. 
oar  remilo. 
oats  aveno. 
obey  obei. 
dbject  objekto. 
object  kontraustari. 
obstinate  obstina. 
obstruct  bari. 
occasion  okazo. 


130 


occupy  okupi. 
odor  odoro. 
o/*de,  *da. 
offend  ofendi. 
o/er  [sacrifice]  oferi. 
offer  [present]  prezenti. 
officiate  agi. 
often  ofte. 
oh  !  *ho. 
oil  oleo. 
on  *sur. 
one  *unu. 
onion  bulbo. 
only  (adj.)  sola. 
only  (adv.)  *nur. 
opinion  opinio. 
opportune  gustatempe. 
opposite  *kontraii. 
or  *aii. 

orange  orango. 
order  (subst.)  ordo. 
oi'der  (vb.)  ordoni. 
ordinary  ordinara. 
organ  orgeno. 
oriental  orienta. 
ornament  ornamo. 
orphan  orfo. 
ostrich  struto. 
other  alia. 
ought  devi. 
out  *for. 
outside  *ekster. 
oval  ovalo. 
oven  for  no. 
over  *super. 

overcoat      surtuto,     super 
vesto. 


overthrow  renversi. 

owe  sukli. 

owl  strigo. 

own  (vb.)  posedi. 

own  (adj.)  propra. 

ox  bovo. 

oyster  ostro. 


P. 

pack  paki. 
page  pago. 
pail  sitelo. 
pain  doloro. 
paint  pentri. 
paint-brush  peniko. 
pale  pala. 
palace  palaco. 
palate  palato. 
pants  pantalono. 
paper  papero. 
paradise  paradizo. 
pardon  pardoni. 
parrot  papago. 
parsley  petroselo. 
part  parto. 
particularly  precipe. 
partridge  perdriko. 
pass  pasi. 
passion  pasio. 
pastor  pastro. 
pasture  pasto. 
patch  fliko. 
patience  pacienco. 
pause  halti. 
pavement  pavimo. 


131 


pay  pagi. 
pea  pizo. 
peace  paco. 
peach  persiko, 
peacock  pavo. 
pear  piro. 
pearl  perlo. 
pen  plumo. 
pencil  krajono. 
penny  penco. 
people  popolo. 
pepper  pipro. 
perceive  rimarki. 
perch  [fish]  perco. 
perfect  perfekta. 
perish  perei. 
permit  permesi. 
persecute  persekuti. 
person  persono. 
perspire  sviti. 
perverse  petola. 
petticoat  jupo. 
pheasant  fazano. 
piano  fortepiano. 
pickle  pekli. 
piece  peco. 
pike  [fish]  ezoko. 
pillar  kolono. 
pin  pinglo. 
pinch  pinci. 
pine  pino. 
pineapple  ananaso. 
pious  pia. 
pipe  pipo. 
pitch  peco. 
jpify  (vb.)  bedatiri. 
pity  [it  is  a]  domago. 


place  loko. 
plague  pesto. 
plait  plekti. 
plane  (vb.)  raboti 
plant  (vb.)  planti. 
^tonf  (subst.)  kreskajo. 
plate  telero. 
play  ludi. 
please  placi. 
pleasure  plezuro. 
plenty  sato. 
plough  (vb.)  plugi. 
p£um  pruno. 
pocket  poso. 
jww/  punkte. 
poison  veneno. 
po/0  stango. 
|?ofe«  polico. 
polish  poluri. 
polish  [for  shoes]  ciro. 
poplar  poplo. 
poppy  papavo. 
porcelain  porcelano. 
possess  poeedi. 
post  [mail]  posto. 
pot  poto. 
pour  versi. 
powder  (gun)  pulvo. 
powder  (dust)  pulvoro. 
praise  laudi. 
pregi. 

prediki. 
precse  preciza. 
prepare  prepari. 
present  (subst.)  donaco 
present  (vb.)  prezenti. 
preserve  konservi 


12 


132 


press  premi. 
pretf.y  beleta. 
pi-ice  kosto. 
prick  piki. 
priest  pasfcro. 
prince  princo. 
print  presi. 
private  privata. 
prize  prezo. 
produce  produkti. 
promise  promesi. 
proper  propra. 
property  posedajo. 
propose  proponi. 
prosper  prosperi. 
protect  gardi,  defendi 
proud  fiera. 
prove  pruvi. 
proverb  proverbo. 
prudent  prudenta. 
pull  tiri. 
pump  pumpilo. 
punish  puni. 
pure  pura. 
purple  purpura. 
pus  puso. 
push  pusi. 
put  meti. 
puzzle  enigmo. 


quail  koturno. 
quality  eco. 
quantity  kvanto. 
quick  rapida. 


quicksilver  hidrargo. 
quiet  trankvila. 
quit  lasi. 


R. 

rabbit  kuniklo. 

race  gen  to. 

radisJi  rafano. 

rag  cifono. 

rail  relo. 

railroad  fervojo. 

rain  pluvi. 

rake  rasti. 

rapid  rapida. 

raspberry  frambo. 

rat  rato. 

rate  [at  the  —  of]  *po. 

raven  korvo. 

ravish  ravi. 

ray  [of  sun]  radio. 

reach  atingi. 

read  legi. 

ready  preta. 

real  efektiva. 

reap  rikolti. 

receive  ricevi. 

recognise  koni. 

rectangle  rektangulo. 

redruga,. 

regard  rigardi. 

regiment  regimento. 

register    [a    letter]    reko- 

mendi. 
reign  regi. 
rejoice  goji. 


133 


relate  to  rilati. 

root  radiko. 

relation  parenco. 

rope  snuro. 

remain  resti. 

rose  rozo. 

remark  rimarki. 

rotten  putra. 

remi'dy  riraedo. 

round  ronda. 

rent  rento. 

row  [rank]  vico. 

repeat  ripeti. 

row  (vb.)  remi. 

repose  ripozi. 

rub  froti. 

represent  figuri. 

rubber  shoe  galoSo. 

reproach  riproci. 

rule  regulo. 

request  peti. 

rum  rumo. 

require  postuli. 

run  kuri. 

resound  sonori,  resoni. 

rust  rusti. 

rest  [the]  cetero. 

rye  sekalo. 

revenge  vengi. 

reward  rekompenci. 

s. 

rhyme  rimo. 

sack  sako. 

rib  ripo. 

sacrifice  (v.)  oferi. 

ribbon  rubando. 

sod  malgoja. 

rice  rizo. 

saddle  selo. 

rich  rica. 

sai/  velo. 

ride  rajdi. 

sa/a<i  salato. 

right  in  the]  prava. 

salmon  salmo. 

right  authority]  rajto. 

salt  salo. 

right  'hand]  dekstra. 

salute  saluti. 

righteous  justa. 

same  sama. 

ring  ringo. 

sa/i(/  sablo. 

ripe  matura. 

Saturday  sabato. 

river  rivero. 

sawce  sattco. 

road  vojo. 

save  savi. 

roast  rosti. 

saw  segi. 

rob  rabi. 

say  din. 

roll  ruli. 

scale  [fish,  etc.]  skvarao 

roof  tegmento. 

scarcely  *apenau. 

rook  frugilego. 

science  science. 

room  cambro. 

scissors  tondilo. 

rooster  koko. 

scratch  grati. 

134 


screw  Irattbo. 
sculpture  skulpti. 
sea  maro. 
seagull  mevo. 
seal  [animal]  f  oko. 
seal  (vb.)  sigeli. 
search  serci. 
season  sezono. 
seat  segi. 
seductive  deloga 
see  vidi. 
seem  sajni. 
self  si;  mem. 
sell  vendi. 
send  sendi. 
sense  senco. 
separate  aparta. 
serpent  serpento. 
serve  servi. 
set  [type]  komposti. 
seven  *sep. 
severe  severa. 
sew  kudri. 
shadow  ombro. 
shaft     [of     wagon, 

timono. 
shake  skui. 
shame  honto. 
shark  Sarko. 
sharp  akra. 
shave  razi. 
she  *si. 
sheaf  garbo. 
shear  tondi. 
sheep  safo. 
staZ/  selo,  konko. 
shield  Sildo. 


etc.] 


shilling  silingo. 
brili. 


spo. 
shirt  cemizo. 
shoe  suo. 
shoot  pafi. 
sAore  bordo. 
short-sighted  miopa. 
shoulder  sultro. 
shovel  sovelo. 
show  montri. 
shut  ferini. 
side  flanko. 
sift  kribri. 
sign  signo. 
signify  signifi. 
silent  silenta. 
silk  silko. 
silver  argento. 
similar  simila. 
simple  simpla. 
sin  peki. 
sing  kanti. 
sir  sinjoro. 
sit  sidi. 

situation  situacio. 
six  *ses. 
skate  gliti. 
skilful  lerta. 
s£m  haiito. 
sleep  dormi. 
sleeve  maniko. 
slide  gliti. 
slippery  glata. 
smallpox  variolo. 
smear  fimiri. 
smell  (subst.)  odoro. 


135 


smell  (vb.)  flari. 
smoke  fumi. 
smooth  ebena,  glata. 
smoothe  gladi. 
snail  lituako 
sneeze  terni. 
snow  nego. 
so  *tiel. 
soap  sapo. 
sober  sobra. 
society  societo. 
sofa  kanapo,  sofo. 
soft  mola. 

sole  [of  foot]  plando. 
solve  solvi. 

some  *ia,  kelka,  *iom. 
somelww  *iel. 
someone  *iu. 
someone's  *ies. 
something  *io. 
sometime  *iam. 
somewhat  *iom,  *iel. 
some^vhere  *ie. 
so  mucA  *tiom. 
son  filo. 
soon  *baldau. 
soo<  fulgo. 
sorcery  sorco. 
sorrow  malgojo. 
sow7  animo. 
soni. 


soup  supo. 
sudo. 


sow  semi. 
sparrow  pasero. 
spawn  frajo. 
paroli. 


special  speciala. 

spell  silabi. 

sphinx  sfinkso. 

spice  spico. 

spider  araneo. 

spin  spini. 

spinach  spinaco. 

spirit  spirito. 

spit  kraci. 

spite  [in — of]  *malgraii. 

spleen  lieno. 

split  fendi. 

sponge  spongo. 

spoon  kulero. 

spot  makulo. 

spring  [time]  printempo. 

spring  risorto. 

sprinkle  spruci. 

spur  sprono. 

square  [public]  placo. 

squirrel  sciuro. 

stable  stalo. 

stain  makulo. 

stairs  stuparo. 

stammer  balbuti. 

stamp  [metal,  etc.]  marko. 

stamp      [postage]       post- 

marko. 
stand  stari. 
star  stelo. 
starch  amelo. 
starling  sturno. 
state  stato. 
station  stacio. 
steal  steli. 
steam  vaporo. 
steel  italo. 


136 


step  Stupo. 
stewpan  kaserolo. 
stick  bastono. 
still  (adj.)  kvieta. 
still  (adv.)  *ankorau. 
sting  piki. 
stocking  strumpo. 
stomach  stomako. 
stone  stono. 
stop  cesi,  halti. 
stop  up  stopi. 
store  magazeno. 
sfor&  cikonio. 
story  rakonto. 
story  [of  house]  etago. 
stwe  forno. 
straight  rekta. 
strange  stranga. 
strap  rimeno. 
straw  pajlo. 
strawberry  frago. 
streak  streko. 
street  strato. 
stretch  (v.  a.)  strefti. 
stride  paso. 
strike  [hit]  frapi. 
string  Icordo  (music). 
strive  peni. 
strong  forta. 


success  sukceso. 
such  *tia. 
suck  suci. 
sudden  subita. 
suffer  suferi. 
suffocate  sufoki. 
sugar  sukero. 


sulphur  sulfuro. 
summer  somero. 
sun  suno. 
Sunday  dimanco. 
supplement  aldono. 
support  subapogi. 
suppose  supozi. 
suspect  suspekti. 
suspenders  selko. 
swallow  [bird]  hirundo 
swallow  (vb.)  gluti. 
swan  cigno. 
swear  juri. 
sweep  balai. 
swell  sveli. 
swim  nagi. 
swing  svingi. 
sword  glavo. 
syllable  silabo. 
sympathise  kompati. 

T. 

table  tablo. 

tablet  tabulo. 

tail  vosto. 

tailor  tajloro. 

take  preni. 

tale  fabelo 

tall  alta. 

tallow  sebo. 

tap  [water,  etc.]  krano. 

tapestry  tapeto. 

tar  gudro. 

tassel  glano. 

taste  gusti. 

tax  takso. 


137 


tea  teo. 

teach  instrui. 

tear  larmo. 

tear  (vb.)  Siri. 

tedious  teda. 

telegraph  telegrafi. 

tell  rakonti. 

temple  [of  head]  tempio. 

ten  *dek. 

territory  teritorio. 

than  *ol. 

thank  danki. 

that  (pron.)  tiu  ;  tio. 

that  (conj.)  *ke. 

thaw  degeli. 

the  *la,  *!'. 

the — the  *ju — des. 

theater  teatro. 

then  *tiam. 

there  *tie. 

therefore  *tial. 

they  ili. 

thick  dika. 

think  pensi. 

thirst  soifo. 

this  *tiu  ci. 

thistle  kardo. 

though  *kvankam. 

thousand  *mil. 

thread  fadeno. 

threaten  minaci. 

three  *tri. 

thresh  drasi. 

threshold  sojlo. 

thrift  sparo. 

throat  gorgo. 

through  *tra ;  *per. 


Jeti. 
thrush  turdo. 
thunder  toridro. 
Thursday  jafido. 
^Atts  *tiel. 
ticket  bileto. 
tickle  tikli. 
fe'«  ligi. 
time  tempo. 
time(s)  fojo. 
tin  stano. 
tinplate  lado. 
laca. 


*hodiaii. 
together  *kune. 
toilet  tualeto. 
tomb  tombo. 
tomorrow  *morgatL 
tongue  lango. 
too  *tro. 
tooth  dento. 
torment  turmenti. 
tortoise  testudo. 
totter  Sanceli. 
touch  tusi. 
towel  visilo. 
tower  turo. 
town  urbo. 

trade  (subst.)  komerco. 
trade  (vb.)  komerci. 
transact  trakti. 
translate  traduki. 
treaty  kontrakto. 
tree  arbo. 
tremble  tremi. 


138 


triangle  triangulo. 

trouble  zorgo. 

true  vera. 

trumpet  trumpeto. 

trunk  [of  tree]  trunko. 

trust  konfidi. 

try  provi. 

tub  barelo. 

tube  tubo. 

Tuesday  mardo. 

tulip  tulipo. 

tune  (subst.)  melodio. 

tune  (vb.)  agordi. 

turkey  meleagro. 

turn  turni. 

turn  [wood]  torni. 

turnip  rapo. 

twist  (v.  a  )  tordi. 

twist  (v.  n.)  volvi. 

two  *du. 

type  tipo. 

u, 

ulcer  ulcero. 
umbrella  ombrelo. 
uncle  onklo. 
under  *sub. 
understand  kompreni. 
undertake  entrepreni. 
until  *gis. 
upper  supr. 
upset  renversi. 
urge  inciti. 
use  uzi. 
useful  utila. 
utilise  utiligi. 


V. 

vain  vana. 

valise  valizo. 

valley  valo. 

various  diversa. 

vase  vazo. 

vast  vasta. 

vein  vejno. 

velvet  veluro. 

verse  verso. 

vertical  vcrtikala. 

very  *tre. 

vest  vesto. 

vignette  vinjeto. 

village  vilago. 

vinegar  vinagro. 

violet  violo. 

violet  (adj.)  violkolora. 

violin  violono. 

virtue  virto. 

visit  viziti. 

voice  voco. 

volcano  vulkano. 

volume  volumo. 

voyage  vojago. 

vulture  vulturo. 


w. 

wages  salajro. 
waist  talio. 
wait  atendi. 
walk  promeni. 
wall  muro. 
walnut  juglando. 


139 


walrus  rosmaro. 

wander  vagi. 

want  bezoni. 

war  milito. 

warm  varma. 

wart  veruko. 

wash  lavi. 

wasp  vespo. 

water  akvo. 

wave  ondo. 

wax  vakso. 

way  vojo. 

we  *ni. 

weary  laca,  enua. 

weather  vetero. 

weave  teksi. 

wedge  kojno. 

Wednesday  merkredo. 

week  semajno. 

weep  plori. 

weigh  (v.  a.)  pesi. 

weigh  (v.  n.)  pezi. 

well  (subst.)  puto. 

west  okcidento. 

whale  baleno. 

what  *kia,  *kio. 

wheat  tritiko. 

wheel  rado. 

wlien  *kiam. 

where  *kie. 

whether  *cu. 

while  *dum. 

whip  vipo. 

whistle  fajfi. 

white  blanka 

who  *kiu. 

w)u>le  tuta. 


whose  *kies. 

w%  *kial. 

wick  meco. 

wide  larga,  vasta. 

widower  vidvo. 

wild  sovaga. 

will  voli. 

willow  saliko. 

wind  (vb.)  tordi. 

wind  (subst.)  vento. 

window  fenestro. 

wine  vino. 

wing  flugilo. 

winter  vmtro. 

wipe  visi. 

wise  saga. 

wish  deziri. 

wit  sprite. 

with  *kun. 

within,  interne. 

ivithout  (wanting)  *sen. 

without  (outside)  ekstere. 

wolf  lupo. 

wonder  rain. 

wood  (substance)  ligno. 

woodpecker  pego. 

wool  lano. 

ivord  vorto. 

work  (manual)  laboro. 

work  (mental)  verko. 

world  mondo. 

worm  vermo. 

wound  vundi. 

write  skribi. 


Y, 

yawn  oscedi. 
year  jaro. 
yeast  fermentilo. 
yellow  flava. 
yes  *jes. 

yesterday  *hieratl 
yet  *ankoratt. 
yoke  jugo. 
you  vi. 
young  juna. 


140 


z. 

zenith  zenito. 
zigzag  zigzago. 
ZMIC  zinko. 
zono. 


II.— ESPERANTO-  ENGLISH . 


A. 

a  termination  of  adjec- 
tives :  bel'o  beauty,  bel'a 
beautiful. 

abelo  bee. 

abio  fir. 

acero  maple. 

acida  acid,  sour. 

aceti  to  buy. 

ad'  denotes  duration  of 
action :  danc'i  dance, 
danc'ado  dancing. 

adepto  adept. 

administri  administrate. 

adiati  adieu,  good-by. 

aero  air. 

afero  affair,  business. 

agio  eagle. 

agrabla  agreeable. 

ago  age. 

ajlo  garlic. 

ajn  .  .  .  ever  :  kiu  who,  kiu 
ajn  whoever. 

a/'  made  from  or  posses- 
sing the  quality  of  :  sek'a 
dry,  sek'ajo  dry  goods. 

akcento  accent. 

akcipitro  hawk. 

akompani  accompany. 


akra  sharp. 

akrido  grass-hopper. 

akurata  accurate,  punctual 

akvo  water. 

al  to. 

alatido  lark  (bird). 

albumo  album. 

alia  other. 

alkovo  alcove. 

almenau  at  least. 

almozo  alms. 

alta  high. 

alumeto  match  (lucifer). 

amo  love. 

amaso  crowd,  mass. 

ambasadoro  ambassador. 

amelo  starch. 

amiko  friend. 

amuzi  amuse. 

an  inhabitant,  member : 
Nov-Jork'o  New  York, 
Nov-Jorkan'o  New 
Yorker. 

anaso  duck. 

angulo  corner,  angle. 

anQtlo  angel. 

aniino  soul. 

ankau  also. 

ankoraH  yet,  still. 

ankro  anchor. 


142 


anonci  announce. 
ansero  goose. 
anstatau  instead  of. 
unla  ending  of  pres.  part. 

act.  in  verbs  :    am'anta 

loving. 
anfaii  before. 
aparti  separate. 
aparteni  belong. 
apenati  scarcely. 
aperi  appear. 
apogi  lean  (vb.). 
aprobo  approbation. 
apud  near  by. 
ar'  a  collection  of  objects  : 

vort'o  word,  vorl'aro  dic- 
tionary. 
araneo  spider. 
aranQi  arrange. 
arbo  tree. 
arco  bow  (fiddle). 
ardeo  heron. 
argilo  clay. 
argento  silver. 
argumento  argument. 
arko  arch,  bow. 
arseniho  arsenic. 
arto  art. 
artiko  joint 
as  ending  of   the  present 

tense  in  verbs :    am'as 

loves. 

asparago  asparagus. 
ata  ending   of   pres.  part 

pass,  in  verbs  :    am'ata 

loved. 
ataki  attack. 


atendi  wait,  expect. 

atenti  attend. 

atesti  attest,  affirm. 

atingi  attain,  reach. 

aft  or. 

aiidi  hear. 

aiLshdti  listen. 

aiLtuno  fall  (of  the  year). 

avo  grandfather. 

avara  covetous. 

aveno  oats. 

aze.no  ass. 

azoto  azote,  nitrogen. 


B. 

babili  chatter. 

baki  bake. 

balai  sweep. 

balanci  balance,  swing. 

balbuti  stammer. 

baldati  soon. 

baleno  whale. 

bano  bath. 

bapti  baptize. 

bari  bar,  obstruct. 

barbo  beard. 

barelo  keg,  barrel. 

bastono  stick. 

bati  beat. 

batali  fight. 

bedo  bed  (garden). 

bedatiri  pity,  regret. 

beko  beak. 

bela  beautiful. 

beni  bless. 


143 


benko  bench. 

bero  berry. 

besto  beast. 

betulo  birch  (tree). 

bezoni  need,  want. 

biciklo  bicycle. 

bieno  goods,  estate. 

biero  beer. 

bindi  bind  (books). 

birdo  bird. 

blanka  white. 

bleki  cry  (of  beasts). 

blinda  blind. 

blovi  blow. 

blua  blue. 

bo'  relation  by  marriage  : 
patrino  mother,  bo'- 
patrino  mother-in-law. 

boli  boil  (vb.  neut.). 

boligi  to  boil  (v.  act.). 

bona  good. 

bori  bore  (vb.). 

bordo  shore. 

borso  bourse,  exchange. 

boto  boot. 

botelo  bottle. 

bovo  ox. 

brako  arm. 

bramo  bream. 

branfo  branch. 

brando  brandy. 

brasiko  cabbage. 

brido  bridle. 

briko  brick. 

brili  shine. 

brosi  brush. 

brovo  eyebrow. 


bruo  noise. 
bruli  burn  (v.  n.). 
bruna  brown. 
brusto  breast. 
bruto  brute. 
bufedo  buffet. 
bufo  toad. 
bulbo  bulb. 
burtfono  bud. 
buSo  mouth. 
butero  butter. 
butono  button. 

c. 

celi  aim. 

cent  hundred. 

cerbo  brain. 

certa  certain,  sure. 

cervo  deer. 

cetero  rest,  remainder. 

cifero  cipher. 

cigaro  cigar. 

cignredo  cigarette. 

cigno  swan. 

cikonio  stork. 

cindro  ash,  cinder. 

cirkonstanco  circumstance. 

citrono  lemon. 

A 

C. 

fagreni  disappoint. 
cambro  chamber. 
capo  bonnet,  cap. 
tapelo  hat. 
cai>itro  chapter. 


144 


tar  for ;  because. 

carmo  charm. 

carniro  hinge. 

Sarpenti  do  carpenter's 
work. 

Sasi  hunt. 

ce  at,  near,  by. 

cefo  chief. 

ceko  cheque. 

cemizo  shirt. 

ceno  chain. 

cerizo  cherry. 

terko  coffin. 

cesi  cease,  desist. 

cevalo  horse. 

ci  denotes  proximity:  tin 
that,  tin  ci  this ;  tie 
there,  tie  ci  here. 

cia  every. 

ciam  always. 

cie  everywhere. 

ael  in  every  manner. 

cielo  heaven. 

cifi  crumple. 

afono  rag. 

cikano  chicanery. 

cio  everything. 

cirkati  about,  around. 

cm  each,  every  one,  au'j  all. 

cizi  chisel. 

fj'  affectionate  diminutive 
of  masculine  names  : 
Johano  John,  Jo'cjo 
Johnnie. 

tokolado  chocolate. 

Su  whether;  asks  a  ques- 
tion. 


D. 


da  is  used  instead  of  de 
after  words  expressing 
weight  or  measure ; 
funto  da  viando  a  pound 
of  meat,  taso  da  teo  a 
cup  of  tea. 

daktilo  date  (fruit). 

danci  dance. 

danfaro  danger. 

danki  thank. 

dato  date  (time). 

dauri  endure,  last. 

de  of,  from. 

decidi  decide. 

decifri  decipher. 

dedici  dedicate. 

defendi  defend. 

degradi  degrade. 

dek  ten. 

dekreto  decree. 

dekstro  right-hand. 

demandi  demand,  ask. 

densa  dense. 

denlo  tooth. 

denunci  denounce. 

des  the  (ju  .  .  .  des  the  .  .  . 
the). 

desegni  design,  draw. 

detalo  detail. 

detrui  destroy. 

devi  ought,  must,  dev'igi 
necessitate,  compel. 

dezerto  desert. 

deziri  desire. 

Dio  God. 


145 


diamante  diamond. 

diametro  diameter. 

difekti  damage,  injure. 

difeiwtci  distinguish. 

dijini  define. 

digesti  digest. 

digi  embank. 

dilca  thick. 

dikti  dictate. 

diligenta  diligent. 

dimanco  Sunday. 

diri  say. 

direkti  direct. 

dis  has  the  same  force  as 
the  English  prefix  dis — : 
semi  sow,  dis'semi  dis- 
seminate ;  §iri  tear, 
dis'tliri  tear  to  pieces. 

disputi  dispute. 

distingi  distinguish. 

distri  distract. 

diveni  divine,  guess. 

diversa  various,  diverse. 

dimdi  divide. 

do  then,  indeed,  however. 

dolaro  dollar. 

dolca  sweet. 

dolors  pain,  ache. 

domo  house. 

domafo  pity  (in  the  phrase, 
it  is  a  pity). 

drnii  give,  al'dnni  add. 

donaci  make  a  present. 

dormi  sleep. 

dorso  (the)  back  (of  the 
body). 

drapo  woollen  goods. 


drapiri  drape. 

draSi  thresh. 

droni  drown 

du  two. 

dubi  doubt. 

dum  while,  during,  dum'e 

meanwhile. 
dungi  hire. 


E. 

e  ending  of  adverbs  :  bon'u 

good,  borie  well. 
ebena  even,  smooth. 
eble  perhaps. 
ec'  denotes  qualities  ;  bon'a 

good,  bon'eco  goodness. 
ec  even  (adv.). 
eduki  educate. 
edzo  married  man. 
efektiva  real,  actual. 
efektive  actually,  really. 
efiki  effect. 
eg"    denotes     increase    of 

degree  :    varm'a  warm, 

varm'ega  hot. 
egala  equal. 
ef  place  where  an  action 

occurs  ;   kuir'i  to  cook, 

kuii'ejo  kitchen. 
ek'     denotes     sudden     or 

momentary  action ;  krii 

cry,  ek'krii  cry  out. 
eks'  ex-,  late. 
eksriti  to  excite. 
ekster  outside,  besides. 


146 


ekstrema  extreme. 

ekzemplo  example. 

ekzerci  exercise. 

ekzisti  exist. 

ekspozicio  exhibition. 

el  from,  out  from. 

elefanto  elephant. 

elekti  choose. 

cm'  inclined  to :  babil'i 
chatter,  babil'ema  talk- 
ative. 

eminenta  eminent. 

en  in  ;  (when  followed  by 
the  accusative  =  into). 

enigmo  puzzle. 

entrepreni  undertake. 

enui  anno}",  weary. 

envii  envy. 

epoko  epoch. 

er'  one  of  many  objects  of 
the  same  kind :  sabl'o 
sand,  sabl'ero  grain  of 
sand. 

eraro  error,  mistake. 

erinaco  hedgehog. 

crpi  harrow. 

esperi  hope. 

esplori  explore. 

esprimi  express  (vb.). 

esti  be. 

estimi  esteem. 

estingi  extinguish. 

estro  chief :  sip'o  ship, 
Sip'estro  captain. 

ft'  denotes  diminution  of 
degree :  rid'i  laugh,  rid' 
cti  smile. 


eta§o    stage,   story  (of    a 

house). 
eternti  eternal. 
etiketo  etiquette. 
eviti  avoid. 
ezoko  pike  (fish). 


P, 

fabo  bean. 

fabelo  tale,  story. 

fablo  fable. 

facila  easy. 

fadeno  thread. 

fajfi  whistle. 

fajli  file. 

fajro  fire. 

faksimilo  facsimile. 

fall  fall. 

falci  mow,  cut  grass. 

faldi  fold. 

falko  falcon. 

falsa  false. 

familio  family. 

fari  do,  far'igi  become. 

faringo  throat. 

farti  be  (relating  to  health). 

faruno  meal,  farina,  flour. 

fasko  bundle. 

fasti  fast  (vb.). 

fa&ko  jaws. 

febro  fever. 

feco  sediment. 

felo  hide,  fleece. 

felica  happy. 

felto  felt. 


147 


fendi  split. 

fenestro  window. 

fero  iron. 

fermi  shut. 

festo  feast. 

fianco  betrothed  (male). 

fidela  faithful. 

fiera  proud. 

figo  fig- 

figuro  figure,  representa- 
tion. 

filo  son. 

fino  end. 

fingro  finger. 

firma  firm. 

fiso  fish. 

fiska  fiscal. 

flanko  side. 

flari  smell  (vb.). 

flati  flatter. 

/lava  yellow. 

flegi  nourish,  take  care  of. 

jleksi  bend  (v.  act.). 

floro  flower. 

flui  flow. 

flugi  fly  (vb.). 

fluida  fluid. 

fluto  flute. 

foiro  fair  (subst.). 

/o;'o  time  (three  "  times  " 
etc.). 

fojno  hay. 

foko  seal  (animal  J. 

folio  leaf. 

/onto  fountain. 

/or  forth,  out. 

forgesi  forget. 


forgi  forge. 
forko  fork. 
formiko  ant. 
/orno  stove,  furnace, 
/or/a  strong. 
fortigi  fortify. 

$t  dig. 

ap'o  strawberry. 
fragmento  fragment. 
frajo  spawn 
frambo  raspberry. 
frapi  hit. 
frato  brother. 
fratilo  bachelor. 
freneza  crazy. 
fresa  fresh. 
fromag'o  cheese. 
frosto  frost. 
froti  rub. 
frua  early. 
frugilego  rook. 
frukto  fruit. 
frunto,  forehead. 
/tezo  phthisis,  consumption 
/M/^O  soot. 
fulmo  lightning. 
fumi  smoke. 
fundo,  bottom. 
funebro,  funeral. 
fungo  mushroom. 
futo  foot  (measure). 

G- 

gaja  gay,  merry. 
gajni  gain. 
galu  gall. 


K2 


148 


galoSo  rubber-shoe. 

gamaSo  gaiter. 

ganto,  glove. 

garbo  sheaf,  shock. 

gardi  guard. 

gasto  guest. 

ge'  of  both  sexes  :  patro  fa- 
ther, ge'patr'o'j  parents. 

gento  race,  kind,  genus. 

genuo  knee. 

geranio  geranium. 

glacio  ice. 

gladi  smoothe,  to  iron. 

glano  acorn. 

glaso  glass,  vase. 

glata  slippery. 

glavo  sword. 

gliti  glide,  glit'vetur'ilo 
sledge. 

glolo  globe. 

gloro  glory. 

glui  glue. 

gluti,  swallow  (vb.). 

golfo,  gulf. 

gorfo  throat. 

grajno  a  grain. 

granda  great,  tall. 

granito,  granite. 

grasa  fat. 

grati  scratch. 

gratuli  congratulate. 

grava  important. 

graveda  pregnant. 

greno  grain. 

grilo  cricket  (insect). 

grimace  grimace. 

griza  grey. 


groso  gooseberry. 
gruo  crane  (bird). 
grupo  group. 
gudro  tar. 

gumo  gum,  mucilage. 
gusto  taste. 
guto  drop. 
gvido  guide. 


fardeno  garden. 

ferni  groan. 

geni  constrain,  embarrass. 

gentila  polite. 

#it. 

gibo  hump. 

gis  up  to,  until. 

gojo  joy. 

$uste  just,  exact. 


H. 

ha  ah,  alas. 

hajlo  hail. 

haki  hew,  chop. 

halo  market,  market  place. 

haladzo  exhalation. 

halti  come  to  a  stop. 

haro  hair. 

haringo  herring. 

harpo  harp. 

haiito  skin. 

ham  have  (possess). 

hedero  ivy- 


149 


hejmo  home. 

hejti  heat  (vb.). 

held  clear,  glaring. 

helpi  help. 

hepato  liver. 

herbo  grass. 

heredi  inherit. 

hcrezo  heresy. 

hierati,  yesterday. 

himno  hymn. 

hirudo  leech. 

hirundo  swallow  (bird). 

ho  oh. 

hodiati  to-day. 

hoko  hook. 

homo  man. 

honesfa  honest. 

honor o  honour. 

honto  shame. 

horo  hour. 

hordeo  barley. 

horlofo  clock. 

hofelo  hotel. 

hufo  hoof. 

humila  humble. 

humoro  humour. 

hundo  dog. 

I. 

i  termination  of  the  infi- 
nitive in  verbs  :  latid'i 
to  praise. 

ia  of  any  kind. 

ial  for  any  cause. 

iam  at  any  time,  ever, 
once. 


id  descendant,  young  one  : 

bov'o  ox,  boc'ldo  calf. 
ie  anywhere. 
iel  anyhow. 
ies  anyone's. 
ig'  to  cause  to  be :  pur' a 

pure,  pur'igi  purify. 
i$  to  become  :  rug"  a  red, 

rug'itfi  blush, 
^'instrument:  tond'i shear, 

tond'ilo  scissors. 
Hi  they. 

ilustrajo  illustration. 
imiti  imitate. 
in'    ending    of     feminine 

words  :  bov'o  ox,  bov'ino 

cow. 

inciti  provoke,  incite. 
inda  worthy. 
industrio  industry. 
infano  child. 
infekti  infect. 
infero  hell. 
influo  influence. 
infuzi  infuse. 

ing'   holder  for :    kandel'o 
candle,       kandel'ingo 
candle-stick. 
inko  ink. 
insekto  insect. 
insisli  insist. 
instrui  instruct,  teach. 
insulo  island. 
insulti  insult. 
int'  ending  of  past  part. 

act.    in   verbs :   am'inta 

having  loved. 


150 


inteligenta  intelligent. 

intend  intend. 

inter  between,  among. 

interna  inner. 

intesto  intestine. 

inviti  invite. 

io  anything. 

iom  a  little. 

iri  go. 

is  ending  of  past  tense  in 

verbs  :  am' is  loved. 
is?  person  occupied  with  : 

mar'o  sea,  mar'isto  sailor. 
it'   ending  of    past   part. 

pass,    in  verbs :    am'ita 

having  been  loved. 
iu  any  one. 


J. 

j  sign  of  the  plural  :  patr'o 
father,  patr'o' j  fathers. 

ja  indeed. 

jako  jacket. 

jam  already. 

jaro  year. 

je  (can  be  rendered  by 
various  English  prepo- 
sitions). 

jen  behold,  lo,  jen — jen 
sometimes . . .  sometimes. 

jes  yes. 

ju—des  the... the. 

jubileo  jubilee. 

jugo  yoke. 

iu§i  judge. 


Juki  itch. 

juna  young. 

jungi  couple,  harness  (vl 

jupo  petticoat. 

justa  just,  righteous. 


J, 

jaluza  jealous. 
jatido  Thursday. 
jeti  throw. 
juri  swear. 
jus  just,  exactly. 


K. 

kadro  frame. 

kafo  coffee. 

ka§o  cage. 

kaj  and. 

kajero  paper  covered  book, 

copy-book. 

kalo  corn  (on  the  foot). 
kaldrono  kettle. 
kaleSo  carriage. 
kaliko  bowl. 
kalko  lime. 
kalkano  heel. 
kalkuli  calculate 
kalumnii  calumniate. 
kambio  bill  of  exchange. 
kamelo  camel. 
kameno  chimney. 
kamomilo  chamomile. 
kampo  field. 


161 


kano  cane. 

kanabo  hemp. 

kanalo  canal. 

kanapo  sofa,  lounge. 

vanario  canary. 

kandelo  candle. 

kandidato  candidate. 

kankro  crab. 

kanti  sing. 

kapo  head. 

kapdbla  capable. 

kapro  goat. 

kapti  catch. 

kara  dear. 

karafo  caraffe,  decanter. 

karbo  coal. 

karesi  caress. 

karoto  carrot. 

karpo  carp  (fish). 

kaserolo  stewpan. 

kasko  helmet. 

kastelo  castle. 

kastoro  beaver. 

ka§i  hide  (vb.). 

kastano  chestnut. 

kato  cat. 

katedro  cathedral. 

katizi  cause. 

kavo  cave. 

kaverno  cavern. 

ke  that  (conj.). 

kelo  cellar. 

kflka  some. 

falnero  waiter. 

kerno  kernel. 

kesto  chest,  box. 

kia  what  (kind  of). 


kial  why,  wherefore. 

kiam  when. 

kie  where. 

kid  how. 

kies  whose. 

kio  what. 

kiom    how    much 

many. 
kisi  kiss. 
kiu  who,  which  (also  that 

=  relative). 

klafto  fathom  (measure). 
klara  clear. 
Mini  bend,  incline. 
knabo  boy. 
kojno  wedge. 
koko  rooster. 
kolo  neck. 

kolego  colleague,  comrade 
kolekti  collect. 
kolera  mad,  angry. 
kolombo  dove. 
kolono  column. 
koloro  colour. 
kolumo  collar. 
komo  comma. 
kombi  comb. 
komedio  comedy. 
komenci  commence. 
kamerco  trade. 
komisio  commission. 
komizo  clerk. 
komodo  chest  of  drawers. 
kompari  compare. 
kompato  compassion. 
komplezo  favour,  liking. 
komposti  set  (type). 


152 


kompreni  understand. 
komuna  common. 
komuniki  communicate. 
koncerto  concert. 
koni  know,  recognise. 
kondico  condition. 
konduki  conduct. 
konduto  c6nduct. 
konfesi  confess. 
konfidi  confide,  trust. 
konfuzi  confuse. 
konko  shell,  mussel. 
konkludi  conclude. 
konscii  be  conscious  of. 
konscienco  conscience. 
konsenti  consent. 
konservi,  preserve. 
konsili  advise,  counsel. 
konsoli  console. 
konstanta,  constant. 
konstrui  construct,  build. 
kontentigi  satisfy. 
kontoro  bureau,  office. 
kontrati,  against. 
kontroli  control. 
kontuzo  contusion. 
konvalo  May-lily. 
konvena  convenient. 
konvinki  convince. 
koro  heart. 
korbo  basket. 

kordo  string  (piano,  etc.). 
korekti  correct. 
korespondi  correspond. 
korko  cork. 
korno  horn. 
korpo  body. 


korto  court. 

korw  raven. 

kosto  cost,  price. 

koto  dirt. 

kolono  cotton. 

kotunw  quail  (bird). 

koverto  envelope. 

kovri  cover. 

kraci  spit. 

krajono  pencil. 

krampo     clamp,    holdfast, 

staple. 

kranio  cranium. 
krano  tap,  spigot. 
kravato  cravat. 
krei  create. 
kredi  believe. 
kremo  cream. 
kreno  horse-radish. 
kreski  grow,  increase. 
kreto  chalk. 
krii  cry. 
kribro  sieve. 
krimo  crime. 
kripla  crippled. 
kroci  hook  to,  cling  to. 
ki'ono  crown. 
kriico  cross. 
kru&  jug. 
kruela  cruel. 
krusto  crust. 
kubuto  elbow. 
kudri  sew. 

kufo  bonnet  (woman's). 
kuglo  bullet. 
kuiri  cook. 
kukolo  cuckoo. 


153 


Tcukumo  cucumber. 

kulo  gnat. 

kidero  spoon. 

kulpo  fault,  blame. 

kun  with,  kun'e  together. 

kuniklo  rabbit. 

kupro  copper. 

kuri  run. 

kuraci  cure,  heal  (v.  a.). 

kuraflo  courage. 

kurba  curved. 

kurso  course  (lessons). 

kurteno  curtain. 

kuseno  cushion. 

kusi  lie  (down). 

kutimo  custom. 

kuzo  cousin. 

kvankam  although. 

kvar  four. 

kvazati,  as  if. 

kverko  oak. 

kvieta  calm,  quiet. 

kvin  five. 


L. 

L }  ">«• 

laboro  labour. 
laca  weary. 
lacerto  lizard. 
lado  tinned  iron. 
lago  lake. 
lakto  milk. 
lama  lame. 
lampo  lamp. 


lano  wool. 

lando  land,  country. 

lango  tongue. 

lanterno  lantern. 

lanugo  down,  fluff. 

lardo  lard. 

larfa  broad. 

larmo  tear  (to  shed  a). 

lasi  leave,  let  alone. 

lasta  last,  latest. 

lati  according  to. 

latibo  arbour,  summer- 
house. 

latidi  praise. 

latita  loud. 

lavangn  avalanche. 

lavi  wash. 

leciono  lesson. 

ledo  leather. 

legendo  legend. 

legi  read. 

legomo  legume. 

le§o  law. 

leki  lick. 

lento  lentil. 

leono  lion. 

leporo  hare. 

lerni  learn. 

krta  skilful. 

letero  letter. 

levi  lift,  raise. 

U  he. 

libera  free. 

/tiro  book,  libr'o'ten'ad'o 
book-keeping. 

lieno  spleen. 

ligi  bind,  tie. 


154 


ligno  wood  (the  substance). 

likvoro  liqueur. 

limo  limit. 

limako  snail. 

lino  flax. 

Lingvo  language. 

lipo  lip. 

lito  bed. 

litero  letter  (of  the  alpha- 

bet). 

logi  entice. 
logi  lodge,  dwell. 
loko  place. 
longa  long. 
loterio  lottery. 
loti  cast  lots. 
lui  rent. 
ludi  play. 

luma  light,  mal'luma  dark. 
moon. 


Monday. 
lupo  wolf. 
lupolo  hops. 
Zwfo  solder. 


M. 

unleavened  bread. 
tnaci  chew. 
magazeno  store. 
maizo  maize. 
majesto  majesty. 
majstro  master. 
makleristo  broker. 
makulo  stain. 
mal'  denotes  opposites. 


maleolo  ankle. 

malgrau  in  spite  of. 

mano  hand. 

mangi  eat. 

maniero  manner. 

maniko  sleeve. 

mantelo  cloak,  mantle. 

maro  sea. 

marco  swamp,  marsh . 

marcandi  bargain,  haggle. 

mardo  Tuesday. 

margeno  margin. 

marmoro  marble. 

martelo  hammer. 

masoni  build  with   stone, 

mason 'isto  mason. 
masto  mast. 
mastro  master. 
maSo  mesh. 
maSino  machine. 
mateno  morning. 
matraco  mattress. 
matura  ripe. 

meblo  piece  of  furniture. 
meco  wick. 
medaliono  medallion. 
mejlo  mile. 
melo  badger. 
meleagro  turkey. 
melki  milk  (vb.) 
melodramo  melodrama. 
melono  melon. 
mem  self,  same. 
membro  member. 
memoro  memory. 
mensogi  tell  a  lie. 
mentono  chin. 


155 


meriti  merit. 

merkredo  Wednesday. 

meti  put,  place. 

metio  handicraft. 

mew  sea-gull. 

mezo  middle. 

mezuri  measure. 

mi  I. 

mielo  honey. 

migdalo  almond. 

migri     migrate,     en'migr' 

ant'o  immigrant. 
miksi  mix. 
mil  thousand. 
milio  millet. 
militi  fight. 
minaci  menace,  threat. 
miopo  short-sight. 
miozoto  forget-me-not. 
miri  wonder. 
mirto  myrtle. 
mistero  mystery. 
mizero  distress,  misery. 
modelo  model. 
modera  moderate. 
modesta  modest. 
moduli  modulate. 
mola  soft. 

mono  money  (coin). 
monato  month. 
mondo  world. 
monto  mountain. 
montri  show. 
monumento  monument. 
moro  habit,  usage. 
mordi  bite. 
mcrgati,  to-morrow. 


morti  die. 

mosto  universal  title  :  Fi'a 
reg"a  moSt'o  your  ma- 
jesty, vi'a  most'o  your 
honour. 

movi  move  (v.  n.). 

mueli  mill. 

multa  much,  many. 

muro  wall. 

murmuri  murmur. 

muso  mouse. 

musko  moss. 

mustardo  mustard. 

muso  fly  (a). 

muta  dumb. 

muzeo  museum. 

muziko  music. 


N. 

n  ending  of  the  objective, 
also  marks  direction. 

nacio  nation. 

na$i  swim. 

najbaro  neighbour. 

najlo  nail. 

najtingalo  nightingale. 

naski  bear,  produce,  nask' 
i§i  be  born. 

naturo  nature. 

nafi  nine. 

nazo  nose. 

naztuko  pocket  handker- 
chief. 

ne  no,  not. 

nebulo  fog. 


156 


necesa  necessary. 

ne<jo  snow. 

nek — nek  neither — nor. 

nenia  no  kind  of. 

neniam  never. 

nenie  nowhere. 

neniel  nohow. 

nenies  no  one's. 

nenio  nothing. 

neniu,  nobody. 

nepo  grandson. 

nerva  nervous. 

nesto  nest. 

new  nephew. 

ni  we. 

nigra,  black. 

nf  diminutive  of  female 
names. 

nobelo  nobleman. 

nobla  noble. 

nokto  night. 

nomo  name. 

nombro  number. 

nor  do  north. 

noti  note. 

nova  new. 

nu  well ! 

nubo  cloud. 

nuda  naked. 

nuko  nape  of  the  neck. 

nukso  nut. 

nulo  zero. 

numero  number  (of  a  ma- 
gazine, etc.). 

nun  now. 

nur  only  (adv.). 

nutri  nourish. 


o, 

0  ending  of  nouns  (subst.), 

root  pair' :  patr'o  father. 

obei  obey. 

objekto  object. 

0W...-fold,  du  two,  du'obla 
twofold,  duplex. 

obstina  obstinate. 

oceano  ocean. 

odoro  odour. 

ofendi  offend. 

oferi  offer  (sacrifice). 

ofico  office. 

ofte  often. 

ok  eight. 

okazi  happen,  okaz'o  occa 
sion. 

okcidenlo  west. 

oktavo  octave  (mus.). 

okulo  eye,  okulvitroj  spec- 
tacles. 

okupi  occupy. 

01  than. 
oleo  oil. 
ombro  shadow. 
ombrelo  umbrella. 

ono  marks  fractions  :  kvar 

four,  kvar'ono  a  fourth, 

quarter. 
ondo  wave. 
oni  one,  people,  they :  oni 

dir'as  they  say,  it  is  said. 
onklo  uncle. 
onta  ending  of  fut.   part. 

act.    in  verbs :   am'onta 

about  to  love. 


157 


op  marks  collective  nume- 
rals :  tri  three,  tri'op'e 
three  together. 

opalo  opal. 

oportun*  opportune,  suit- 
able. 

oro  gold. 

mango  orange. 

ordo  order,  regularity. 

ordinara  ordinary. 

ordoni  order,  command. 

orelo  ear. 

orfo  orphan. 

orgeno  organ  (musical). 

oriento  east. 

ornami  ornament. 

os  ending  of  future  tense 
in  verbs :  am'os  will  love. 

oscedi  yawn. 

osto  bone. 

ostro  oyster. 

ota  ending  of  fut.  part, 
pass,  in  verbs :  am' ota 
about  to  be  loved. 

mo  egg. 

P. 

paco  peace. 

pacienco  patience. 

pafi  shoot. 

pagi  pay. 

pago  page  (of  a  book). 

payodo  pagoda. 

pajlo  straw. 

paki  pack,  put  up. 

pala  pale. 


palaco  palace. 

palato  palate. 

palpi  touch,  feel. 

palpebro  eyelid. 

pamfleto  pamphlet. 

pano  bread. 

pantalono  pants,  trousers. 

pantoflo  slipper. 

papago  parrot. 

papavo  poppy. 

papero  paper. 

papilio  butterfly. 

paradizo  paradise. 

pardoni  forgive. 

parenco  relation. 

parko  park. 

paroli  speak. 

parto  part. 

pasi  pass. 

pasamento  lace. 

pasero  sparrow. 

pasio  passion. 

pasko  Easter. 

pasto  paste. 

pastro  priest,  pastor. 

paSo  stride,  step. 

paSli    pasture,    feed    am 

mals. 

pato  frying  pan. 
patro  father,patr'ujo  father 

land. 

patrioto  patriot. 
paw  peacock. 
pavimo  pavement. 
peco  piece. 
pego  woodpecker. 
peko  sin. 


158 


peli  pursue,  chase  out. 

pelto  fur. 

peni  endeavour,  to  try  to. 

pendi  hang. 

peniko  paintbrush. 

penco  penny. 

pensi  think. 

pentri  paint. 

per  through,  by  means  of. 

per co  perch  (fish). 

perdi  lose. 

perdriko  partridge. 

perei  perish. 

perfekta  perfect. 

perfidi  betray. 

perlo  pearl. 

perlamoto  mother-of-pearl. 

permesi  permit,  allow. 

perono  front-steps. 

persekuti  persecute. 

persiko  peach. 

perscno  person. 

pesi  weigh  (vb.  act.), 

pesto  plague. 

peti  request,  beg. 

petola  petulant. 

petrolo  coal-oil,  kerosene. 

petroselo  parsley. 

pezi  weigh  (vb.  neut.). 

pia  pious. 

piedo  foot. 

pigo  magpie. 

piki  prick,  sting. 

pilko  ball  (to  play  with). 

pino  pine-tree. 

pinci  pinch. 

pinglo  pin. 


|  pipo  pipe  (tobacco). 
pipro  pepper. 
piro  pear. 
piramido  pyramid. 
pizo  pea. 

placo  public  square. 
placi  please. 
plado  plate. 
plafono  ceiling. 
plando  sole  (of  the  foot). 
planko  floor. 
planti  plant  (vb.). 
plata  flat,  plain. 
plej  most. 
plekti  weave,  plait. 
plena  full. 
plendi  complain. 
plezuro  pleasure. 
pli  more. 

plori  mourn,  weep. 
plugi  to  plough. 
plumo  pen. 
plumbo  lead  (metal). 
plum  rain. 

po  by  (with  numbers)  :  po 
kvar  at  the  rate  of  four 
poemo  poem.  [each. 

poeto  poet. 
polico  police. 
poligono  buckwheat. 
polvo  dust. 
porno  apple. 
ponto  bridge. 
poplo  poplar. 
popolo  people. 
par  for. 
porcelano  porcelain. 


159 


pordo  door. 

porko  hog. 

parti  carry. 

portreto  portrait. 

posedi  possess. 

post  after,  behind. 

postuli  require,  claim. 

po3o  pocket. 

post'  post,  sign'o  de  poSt'o 

postage-  stamp,      post'o- 

kart'o  postal-card. 
poto  pot. 
povi  be  able,  can. 
pra-va  right  (to  be  in  the 

right). 

precipe  particularly. 
preciza  precise. 
prediki  preach. 
pre§i  pray. 
premi  press. 
preni  take. 
prepari  prepare. 
yresi  print  (vb.). 
preskati  almost. 
prela  ready. 
preter  beside,  beyond. 
prezidanto  president. 
prezenti  present  (vb.). 
prezo  prize. 
pri  concerning,  about. 
princo  prince. 
printempo  spring  time,  the 

spring. 

privata  private. 
pro  for  the  sake  of. 
procento  per  cent. 
procesio  procession. 


profunda  deep. 

proksima  near. 

promeni  to  walk,  prome 
nade. 

promesi  promise. 

proponi  propose,  suggest. 

propra  own  (one's  own). 

prosperi  prosper. 

provo  attempt,  trial. 

proverbo  proverb. 

province  province. 

prudenta  prudent. 

pruno  plum. 

prunto  loan,  doni  prunte  to 
lend,  peti  prunte  to  bor- 
row. 

pruvi  prove,  demonstrate. 

pugno  fist. 

pulmo  lung. 

pulvo  gunpowder. 

pulvoro  powder. 

pumpi  pump. 

puni  punish. 

punkto  point. 

pupo  doll. 

pura  pure. 

purilano  puritan. 

puso  pus,  matter. 

pu§i  push. 

puto  well  (subst.). 

putra  rotten. 


R. 

rabi  rob. 

rabato  rebate,  discount. 

rabeno  rabbin. 


160 


raboti  plane. 

rado  wheel. 

radio  beam,  ray. 

radiko  root. 

rafano  radish. 

raj  to  right,  authority. 

rakonti  tell,  relate. 

rampi  crawl. 

rano  frog. 

rando  edge. 

rapo  turnip. 

rapida  quick,  rapid. 

raso  breed,  race. 

rato  rat. 

ra&ka  hoarse. 

ra&po  caterpillar. 

ravi  ravish,  enrapture. 

razi  shave. 

re  again,  back. 

refuti  refute. 

regi  rule,  reign. 

regali  entertain,  regale. 

regimen  to  regiment. 

regno  kingdom. 

regulo  rule. 

rego  king. 

rekcmpenci  reward. 

rekta     straight,     mal'rekta 

oblique,  sloping. 
religio  religion. 
relo  rail. 
remi  row  (vb.). 
reno  kidney. 
renkonti  meet 
renversi  upset. 
respondi  reply. 
resti  remain. 


reto  net. 

revo  fancy. 

ribo  currant. 

ribelo,  rebel,  insurgent. 

ricevi  obtain,  get,  receive. 

rica  rich. 

ridi  laugh. 

rigardi  behold,  look  at. 

rigli  to  bolt  or  bar. 

rikolti  reap. 

rilati  be  related  to. 

rimo  rhyme. 

rimarki  remark. 

rimedo,  means,  remedy. 

rimeno  strap. 

ringo  ring  (subst.). 

ripo,  rib. 

ripeti  repeat. 

ripozi,  repose. 

riproci  reproach. 

rivero  river. 

rizo  rice. 

romance,  romance. 

rompi  break. 

ronda  round. 

roso  dew. 

rosti  roast. 

rozo  rose. 

rubando  ribbon. 

ruga  red. 

ruli  roll. 

rumo  rum. 

rusto  rust. 

ruza  trick,  ruse. 


161 


s. 

sabato  Saturday. 

sablo  sand. 

sajiro  sapphire. 

sago  arrow. 

safa  wise. 

sagaca,  sagacious. 

sako  sack. 

salo  salt. 

salajro  wages,  salary. 

saliko  willow. 

salmo  salmon. 

salti  leap,  jump. 

saluti  salute,  greet. 

sama  same. 

sana  healthy. 

sango  blood. 

sankta  holy. 

sapo  soap 

sata      satisfied,      satiated, 

mal'sata,  hungry. 
satico  sauce. 
savi  save 

sceno  scene  (theatre). 
sdi  know. 
scienco  science 
sciuro  squirreL 
se  if. 

sebo  tallow. 
sed  but. 
segi  saw. 
seQo  seat,  chair. 
seka  dry. 
sekalo  rye. 
sekreto  secret. 
sekvi  follow. 


selo  saddle. 

semi  sow. 

semajno  week. 

sen  without. 

senco  sense. 

sendi  send. 

senti  feel,  perceive. 

sep  seven. 

serci  search. 

serpento  serpent. 

seruro  lock  (subst.). 

servi  serve. 

ses  six. 

severa  severe. 

sezono  season. 

si  one's  self. 

sidi  sit. 

sigeli  seal  (vb.). 

signo  sign,  token. 

signifi  signify,  mean. 

silabo  syllable,    silab'i    to 

spell. 

silenta  silent. 
siliko  flint 
silko  silk. 
simio  monkey. 
simila  like,  similar. 
sim/pla  simple. 
sinjoro  Sir,  Mr. 
sitelo  bucket. 
situacio  situation. 
skandali  scandalise. 
skarabo  beetle. 
skatolo  small  box,  case. 
skribi  write. 
skui  shake. 
skulpti  sculpture. 


162 


skvamo  scale  (fish,  etc.). 

sobra  sober. 

societo  society. 

soifo  thirst. 

sojlo  threshold. 

sola  only,  alone. 

soldato  soldier. 

solena  solemn. 

solvi  loosen,  dissolve. 

somero  summer. 

songi  dream. 

sono  sound  (subst.). 

sonori  give  out  a  sound  (as 
a  bell,  etc.). 

soprano  soprano. 

sorco  witchcraft. 

sorto  fate,  lot. 

sovaga  wild,  savage. 

speco  kind,  species. 

spegulo  looking-glass. 

sperto  experience. 

spezi  spend,  el'spez'o'j  ex- 
penses. 

spico  spice. 

spiko  ear,  head  (of  corn, 
etc.). 

spinaco  spinach. 

<spiri  breathe. 

spirito  spirit. 

spongo  sponge. 

sprito  wit. 

sprono  spur. 

stacio  depdt  (railroad). 

stalo  stable. 

stampo  stamp,  mark. 

stano  tin. 

standardo 


stango  pole. 

stari  stand. 

stato  state,  condition. 

stelo  star. 

stomako  stomach. 

stranga  strange. 

strata  street. 

streko  streak,  line. 

strigo  owl. 

struto  ostrich. 

studento  student. 

sturno  starling. 

sub  under,  beneath,  below. 

subita  sudden. 

substanco  substance. 

suci  suck. 

sudo  south. 

suferi  suffer. 

sufi&i  sufficient. 

sufoki  suffocate. 

suko  sap,  juice. 

sukceno  amber. 

sukceso  success. 

suk&ro  sugar. 

sulfuro  sulphur. 

sultano  sultan. 

suno  sun. 

supo  soup. 

super  over,  above. 

supozi  suppose. 

supra  upper  (adj.). 

sur  upon,  on. 

surda  deaf. 

surtuto  coat. 

suspekti  suspect. 


163 


A 

s. 

Safo  sheep. 

Sajni  seem. 

Sako(j)  chess. 

§anceli  totter. 

Sarufi  change. 

Sargi  load  (a  gun,  etc.). 

saumo  foam. 

Selo  shell. 

Serco  joke. 

si  she. 

§ildo  shield. 

silingo  shilling. 

Hinko  bacon,  ham. 

§ipo  ship. 

$iri  tear,  rend. 

Mimo  slime. 

Slosi  lock,  fasten. 

Umiri  smear. 

Snuro  string. 

Soveli  shovel. 

Span  be  sparing,  Spar'em'- 

er'o  thrift. 
§pini  spin. 
Spruci  sprinkle. 
srant:o  cupboard. 
Sratibo  screw. 
§talo  steel. 
Stato     state,      Unu'ig'it'a'j 

Stat'o'j  United  States. 
Steli  steal. 

Stofo  stuff,  matter,  goods. 
§tono  stone. 

stopi  stop,  fasten  down. 
Strumpo  stocking. 


Stupo  step. 

§uo  shoe. 

Suldi  owe. 

§ultro  shoulder. 

suti  discharge  (corn   etc.) 

§veli  swell. 

Sviti  perspire. 


T. 

tdbako  tobacco. 

tablo  table. 

tabulo  tablet. 

tago  day. 

tajloro  tailor. 

takso  tax. 

talpo  mole  (animal). 

tamburo  drum. 

tamen  however,  neverthe- 
less. 

tapeto  tapestry. 

tapiSo  carpet. 

taso  cup. 

tatigi  be  fit  for,  ta&g'a 
serviceable. 

teo  tea. 

teda  tedious. 

tegmento  roof. 

teksi  weave. 

tempo  time. 

tempio  temple  (of  fore- 
head). 

teni  hold,  grasp. 

tenti  tempt. 

tero  earth. 

teriiorio  territory. 


164 


temi  sneeze. 

teruro  terror. 

testudo  tortoise. 

tetro  (c.f.  urogalo)  grouse. 

tia  such. 

tial  therefore. 

tiam  then. 

tie  there. 

tiel  thus,  so. 

tikli  tickle. 

timi  fear. 

tineo  moth. 

tio  that  one. 

tiom  so  much. 

tiri  draw,  pull,  drag. 

tin  that. 

tola  linen. 

toleri  tolerate. 

tombo  tomb,  grave. 

tondi  clip,  shear. 

tondro  thunder. 

topazo  topaz. 

tordi  wind,  twist. 

torni  turn  (on  a  lathe). 

tornistro  knapsack. 

tra  through 

trabo  beam  (of  wood). 

traduki  translate. 

trafi  strike,  meet,  fall  in 

with. 

trakti  transact. 
tran'ci  cut. 
rankvila  quiet. 
trans  across. 
tre  very. 
tremi  tremble. 
trempi  immerse. 


treni  drag,  trail. 
tri  three. 
triangulo  triangle. 
trinki  drink. 
tritiko  wheat. 
tro  too  (much). 
trompi  deceive,  cheat. 
trono  throne. 
trotuaro  side-walk. 
trovi  find. 
truo  hole. 
trumpeto  trumpet. 
trunko  trunk,  stem 
tualeto,  toilette. 
tubo  tube. 
tuber o  bulb. 
tuf  immediately 
tuko  cloth. 
tulipo  tulip. 
turo  tower. 
turdo  thrush. 
turkiso  turquoise. 
turmenti  torment. 
turni  turn  (vb.). 
tusi  cough. 
tusi  touch. 
tuta  whole- 

u, 

u'  ending  of  the  impera- 
tive in  verbs. 

uf  containing,  bearing : 
ink'o  iiik,ink'ujo  ink-pot ; 
pom'o  apple,  pom'ujo 
apple  -  tree  ;  Turk'ujo 
Turkey. 


165 


M/'  person  noted  for  .  .  . : 
avar'a  covetous,  avar'td'o 
miser,  covetous  person. 

ulcero  ulcer. 

um'  this  syllable  has  no 
fixed  meaning,  plen'a 
full,  plen'vmi  fulfil ; 
am'inda  worthy  of  love, 
am'ind'umi  make  love. 

ungo  nail  (finger). 

uniformo  uniform  (cos- 
tume). 

universala  universal. 

unu  one. 

urbo  town. 

urogalo  grouse. 

urso  bear  (animal). 

urtiko  nettle. 

us  ending  of  conditional 
in  verbs. 

utila  useful. 

uzi  use. 

uzurpi  usurp. 

V. 

vakso  wax. 

valo  valley. 

valizo  valise. 

vana  vain,  needless. 

vango  cheek. 

vaporo  steam,  vapour. 

variola  smallpox. 

varma  warm. 

vasta  wide,  vast. 

vato  padding,  wadding. 

vazo  vase. 


vejno  vein. 

veki  wake,  arouse. 

velo  sail  (subst.). 

•velki  fade. 

veluro  velvet. 

vend  come. 

vendi  sell. 

vendredo  Friday. 

veneno  poison. 

vengo  vengeance. 

venki  conquer. 

ven to  wind. 

ventro  belly. 

vera  true. 

verbo  verb. 

verda  green. 

verleo  work  (literary). 

vermo  worm. 

verso  verse. 

ver§i  pour. 

veruko  wart. 

vespo  wasp. 

vespero  evening. 

vesperto  bat. 

vesli  clothe,  vest o  clothes. 

veMo  vest. 

veti  bet,  wager. 

veiero  weather. 

vcturi  journey,  travel. 

ve-ziko  blister,  bladder. 

viando  meat,  flesh. 

vico  row,  rank. 

vidi  see. 

vidvo  widower. 

vigla  brisk,  alert. 

wkaro  vicar. 

vtiatfo  village. 


166 


vino  wine,  viribero  grape, 

sek'vin'bero  raisin. 
vinagro  vinegar. 
vintro  winter. 
violo  violet. 

violkolora  violet  (colour). 
violono  violin. 
vipo  whip. 
viro  man. 
virto  virtue. 
visi  wipe. 

vitro  glass  (substance). 
vim  live. 
vizacjo  face. 
vofo  voice. 
vojo  way,  road. 
voja§o  voyage. 
voki  call. 


voli  wish,  will. 

volonte  willingly. 

volumo  volume. 

volvi  turn  round,  roll  up. 

vorto  word. 

vosto  tail. 

vulpo  fox. 

vulturo  vulture. 

vundi  wound. 


z. 

zenito  zenith. 
ziriko  zinc. 
zigzaga  zigzag, 
zono  girdle,  belt. 
zorgo  care  for. 


NOTE  ON  THE  USE  OF  THE  ACCUSATIVE  (N). 

N,  the  accusative  termination,  is  not  only  used  to  mark 
the  direct  object  of  a  verb,  as  already  shown  ;  it  is  also  used 
as  follows : — 

1.  To  denote  motion  towards,  whenever  the  preposition 
does  not  clearly  do  so.     La  hundo  kuris  en  la  gardenon.    The 
dog  ran  into  the  garden.     Kien  li  iras  ?     Where  is  he  going  ? 
Li  prenos  la  af eron  sur  sin,  ne  timu.     He  will  take  the  matter 
upon  himself,  don't  fear. 

2.  To  denote  the  duration  of  an  event.     Li  restis  tri  tagojn 
en  Homo.     He  stayed  three  days  in  Rome.     Mi  dormos  ses 
horojn.     I  shall  sleep  (during)  six  hours. 

3.  To  denote  dates,   etc.     Li  alvenos  lundon.     He   will 
arrive  on   Monday.     Mi  sferibis   al  li   la  dekan  (tagon)  de 
Junio.     I  wrote  to  him   on   the  tenth  of  June.     La  27an 
Augusto,    1904a.       Mi  vin  vidis  sabaton.      I  saw  you  on 
Saturday. 

4.  To  denote  price,  weight,  and  measure.     Tiu  Ci  libro 
kostas  tri  Sihngojn.     This  book  costs  three  shillings.     Mia 
domo  estas  alta  53  futojn.     My  house  is  53  feet  high  (in 
height). 


APPENDIX. 


NAMES  OF  COUNTRIES,  ETC. 


Afriko,             Africa. 

Hinujo, 

China. 

Ameriko,          America. 

Italujo, 

Italy. 

Australia,         Australia. 

Irlando, 

Ireland. 

Azio,                Asia. 

Japanujo, 

Japan. 

EHropo,            Europe. 

Meksiko, 

Mexico. 

Alforio,            Algiers. 

Narda          \ 

N  A 

Anglolando,  /       ° 

Norvegujo, 

Norway. 

Belgujo,            Belgium. 

Palestino, 

Palestine. 

Erazilujo,         Brazil. 

Persujo, 

Persia. 

Danujo,            Denmark. 

Portugalujo, 

Portugal. 

Egiptujo,          Egypt. 

Prusujo. 

Prussia. 

Finnlando,       Finland. 

Rvmanujo, 

Roumania. 

Francujo,      j  France 

JRusujo, 

Russia. 

Francolando,  f 

Skotlando, 

Scotland. 

Germanujo,       Germany. 

Serbujo, 

Servia. 

Granda         1  «,  T>  -i.  • 
T,  .,  •       >  Gt.  Britain. 
Bntujo,    j 

SudaAmeriko, 
Svedujo, 

S.  America. 
Sweden. 

Grekujo,           Greece. 

Svisujo, 

Switzerland 

Hispanujo,       Spain. 

Turkujo, 

Turkey. 

Holando,          Holland. 

Unuigitaj    \ 

United 

Hungarujo,       Hungary. 

Statoj 

States  of 

Amerikaj,  ) 

America. 

168 


NAMES    OF    CITIES. 


Amstcrdamo, 

Amsterdam. 

Parizo,          Paris. 

Berlino, 

Berlin. 

Pekino,          Pekin. 

Edinburgo, 

Edinburgh. 

Prago,           Prague. 

Lisabono, 

Lisbon. 

Homo,           Rome. 

Londono, 

London. 

Sankt  Peter-\St,.      Peters- 

Madrido, 

Madrid. 

burgo,        /     burg. 

Moskvo, 

Moscow. 

Tuniso,         Tunis. 

Neapolo, 

Naples. 

Varsovio,       Warsaw. 

Nov-Jorko, 

New  York. 

Fieno,          Vienna. 

Odeso, 

Odessa. 

NAMES    OF    PEOPLES. 

Anglo, 

Englishman. 

E&ropano,       European. 

Arabo, 

Arab. 

Amerikano,     American. 

Belgo, 

Belgian. 

Afrikano,        African. 

Dano, 

Dane. 

Aziano,            Asiatic. 

Franco, 

Frenchman. 

Irlandano,       Irishman. 

Gcrmano, 

German. 

Skotlandano,    Scotchman. 

Greko, 

Greek. 

Egipto,            Egyptian. 

Hispano, 

Spaniard. 

Zuluo,             Zulu. 

Hungaro, 

Hungarian. 

Kanadano,       Canadian. 

Londonano, 

Londoner. 

Nov-Jorkano,   New  Yorker. 

NAMES    OF 

THE    MONTHS. 

Januaro, 

January. 

Julio,             July. 

Februaro, 

February. 

Augusto,        August. 

Marto, 

March. 

Septembro,      September. 

Aprilo, 

April. 

Oktobro,          October. 

Majo, 

May. 

Novembro,      November. 

Junto, 

June. 

Decerribro.       December. 

169 


DAYS    OF    THE    WEEK,    ETC. 


Lundo, 

Monday. 

Horo, 

Hour. 

Mardo, 

Tuesday. 

Minuto, 

Minute. 

Merkndo, 

Wednesday. 

Sekundo, 

Second. 

Jaudo, 

Thursday. 

Hodiati, 

To-day. 

}'>  H  <1  redo, 

Friday. 

MargaH, 

To-morrow. 

Sabato, 

Saturday. 

Hierati, 

Yesterday. 

Diinanco, 

Sunday. 

Mateno, 

Morning. 

Jaro, 

Year. 

Vespero, 

Evening. 

Superjaro, 

Leap  year. 

Nokto, 

Night. 

Monato, 

Month. 

Tagmezo, 

Mid-day. 

Semajno, 

Week. 

Noktomezo, 

Midnight. 

Tago, 

Day. 

THE    SEASONS. 

Sezono,  Season.    Printempo,  Spring.    Somero,  Summer. 
Atituno,  Autumn.     Fintro,  Winter. 


ARTICLES    OF    FOOD. 


Kafo, 

Coffee. 

Ovo, 

Egg- 

Tea, 

Tea. 

Butero, 

Butter. 

Cokolado, 

Chocolate. 

Mielo, 

Honey. 

Akvo, 

Water. 

Sukero, 

Sugar. 

Vino, 

Wine. 

Fromag'o, 

Cheese. 

Biero, 

Beer. 

Pano, 

Bread. 

Brando, 

Brandy. 

Faruno, 

Flour. 

Lakto, 

Milk. 

Frukto, 

Fruit. 

Kremo, 

Cream. 

Supo, 

Soup. 

Pipro, 

Pepper. 

Vermicelo, 

Vermicelli. 

Solo, 

Salt. 

Makarono, 

Macaroni. 

Mustardo, 

Mustard. 

Supo  testiida,  Turtle  soup. 

170 


Supo  fazeola,  Haricot  soup.  Pureo, 

Pur6e. 

Buljono, 

(  Beef  tea 
\     (bouillon). 

Pizetoj, 
Rafano, 

Green  peas. 
Radish. 

Terpomo, 

Potato. 

Manijajetoj, 

Hors  d'ceuvre. 

Salmo, 

Salmon. 

Reno, 

Kidney. 

Truto, 

Trout. 

Fiso, 

Fish. 

Haringo, 

Herring. 

Sauco, 

Sauce. 

Karpo, 

Carp. 

Finagro, 

Vinegar. 

Ostroj, 
Legomoj, 

Oysters. 
Vegetables. 

Viandoj 
Malvarmaj, 

J-Cold  meats. 

Ansero  kun  kastanoj, 

Anaso  kun  olivoj, 

KoJddo  rostita, 

Renoj  de  Sqfido, 

Flora-brasiko, 

Asparagoj  kun  blanka  saiico, 

Spinaco  kun  viandsuko, 

Terpomoj  frititaj, 

Rostita  au  bolita  bovajo, 

Bifsteko,  rosbifo, 

Kotletoj  de  sqfido,  de  bavido, 

Sinko  el  Jorko, 

Latuko, 


Goose  with  chestnuts. 
Duck  with  olives. 
Roast  chicken. 
Mutton  kidneys. 
Cauliflower. 
Asparagus     with      white 

sauce. 

Spinach  with  gravy. 
Fried  potatoes. 
Roasted  or  boiled  beef. 
Beefsteak,  roast  beef. 
Lamb  cutlets,  veal  cutlets. 
York  ham. 
Lettuce,  etc. 


EMINENT    MEN    ON     ESPERANTO. 


COUNT  TOLSTOY. 

When,  a  few  years  ago,  some  persons  acquainted 
with  Esperanto  wrote  to  Count  Leo  Tolstoy,  the 
celebrated  author  and  philosopher,  to  ask  an  expres- 
sion, of  his  opinion  on  the  subject  of  a  universal 
language,  Tolstoy  replied  as  follows : — 

Gentlemen, — There  cannot  exist  the  slightest  doubt 
that  mankind  tends  ever  to  form  but  one  family, 
having  for  sole  guides  wisdom  and  love,  and  that  one 
of  the  best  means  of  attaining  to  this  ideal  is  to 
arrive  at  a  mutual  comprehension.  But,  in  order 
that  the  peoples  may  comprehend  one  another,  it  is 
necessary  either  that  all  the  languages  should  reduce 
themselves  to  a  single  one,  which  can  happen  but 
after  a  very  long  time — if  indeed  ever.  Or,  that  a 
knowledge  of  all  languages  shall  become  so  general 
that  not  only  shall  works  be  translated  into  every 
one  of  these  tongues,  but  everyone  shall  understand 
them  all  so  well  as  to  be  able  to  make  himself  intelli- 
gible to  all  mankind,  by  the  aid  now  of  this  one,  now 
of  that.  Or,  better  still,  that  all  shall  choose  a 
language  the  study  of  which  shall  be  obligatory  to 
each  people.  Or,  finally,  as  the  partisans  of  Volapiik 


172 

and  Esperanto  suppose,  that  all  men  of  all  nations 
shall  adopt  and  understand  an  international  language, 
artificial  and  simple.  This  last  hypothesis  appears 
to  me  most  reasonable,  the  most  serious,  the  most 
easy  to  be  realized. 

Such  is  my  reply  to  the  first  point.  As  regards 
the  second — to  what  extent  Esperanto  satisfies  the 
requirements  of  an  international  language — I  cannot 
reply  in  a  manner  altogether  decisive,  not  being  a 
competent  judge  of  this  question.  I  know  one  thing, 
however,  and  that  is  that  I  have  found  Volapiik 
extremely  complicated,  and  Esperanto,  on  the  other 
hand,  very  simple — as  indeed  every  European  must 
find  it.  It  is  so  easy  to  understand  that,  when  I 
received,  some  six  years  since,  a  grammar,  a  dictionary 
and  some  articles  in  this  language,  I  was  able,  in  two 
short  hours,  if  not  to  write,  at  any  rate  to  read,  the 
language  fluently. 

In  any  event,  the  sacrifices  any  speaker  of  a  Euro- 
pean tongue  would  make,  in  devoting  some  time  to 
the  study  of  Esperanto,  are  so  small  and  the  results 
which  could  thereby  be  achieved  so  enormous,  if  all, 
at  least  Europeans  and  Americans — all  Christendom — 
should  comprehend  this  tongue,  that  the  attempt,  at 
least,  should  be  made. 

I  have  often  thought  that  there  is  no  more 
Christian  science  than  the  study  of  languages,  that 
study  which  permits  of  our  communicating  and 
allying  ourselves  with  an  incalculable  number  of  our 
fellow  men,  and  I  have  often  remarked  how  people 
bear  themselves  as  enemies  to  one  another,  solely 
because  they  have  no  means  of  intercommunication. 
The  study  of  Esperanto,  then,  and  its  diffusion,  is 
assuredly  a  Christian  labour,  which  hastens  the 
coming  of  the  kingdom  of  God,  the  main — I  should 
say,  the  only — aim  of  human  life. 

Leo  Tolstoy. 


173 

MAX   MtfLLER. 

When  the  staff  of  a  well-known  Russian  literary 
association  addressed  a  request  to  the  master-linguist 
of  the  age,  Max  Muller,  for  his  opinion  on  the  various 
projects  of  universal  language  that  have  appeared 
during  the  last  few  years,  the  answer  received  was 
this  : 

Dear  Sir, — I  have  frequently  had  to  express  my 
opinion  as  to  the  merits  of  the  various  schemes  of  a 
Universal  Language.  Each  one  of  these  seems  to 
possess  some  special  advantages  and  disadvantages, 
hut  I  should  certainly  place  the  Esperanto  system 
very  high  amongst  its  rivals. 

Yours  faithfully, 

F.  Max  Muller. 


CU   LA  VIRINO  MAL5UPERAS  LA  VIRON. 

(By   MAX   O'KELL). 


Antau  multe  da  jaroj,  komitato  kunsidis  por  diskuti 
cu  la  virino  posedas  aniinon.  Mi  forgesas  kiun 
konkludon  la  kunsido  saga  prenis,  sed  estas  certe  ke 
la  plej  parto  de  viroj  kredas  ke  la  virino  posedas 
animon,  kvankam  granda  nombro  de  ili  ankorau 
opinias  ke  la  virino  estas  kreitajo  pli  malbona 
ol  la  viro.  Ili  opinias  ke  la  viro  estas  la  majstra 
laborajo,  la  lasta  vorto  de  la  Tutpotenculo.  Sed, 
cu,  tio-ci  estas  vere  la  okazo  ?  Umie  Dio  kreis 
la  teron,  due  la  lumon,  post  tio  Li  kreis  la  fisojn,  la 
birdojn  kaj  la  diversajn  bestojn.  Poste,  Li  diris 
"Mi  nun  volas  krei  estajon  plej  bonan  ol  la  aliaj 
bestoj."  Li  prenis  slimon,  notu  bone,  mi  diras  slimon, 
kaj  kreis  Adamon.  En  Lia  sageco  Li  opiniis  ke 
slimo  ne  estis  sufice  bona  por  krei  la  virinon,  kaj  por 
sin  krei  Li  prenis  materialon  jam  purigitan  per  Lia 
spiro  Dia,  Li  prenis  parton  de  Adamo  kaj  kreis  per  gi 
Evon.  Certe,  miaj  karaj  samhomoj,  vi  devas 
konfesi,  au  ke  la  slimo  estas  pli  bona  materialo  ol  vi 
mem  au  ke  la  virino  havas  pli  noblan  devenon  ol  vi. 
Vi  ne  povas  alie  klarigi  la  af  eron.  Mi  vin  petas  observi 
la  vicon  de  la  kreadon ;  fisoj,  birdoj,  bestoj,  la  viro, 
la  virino.  Se  la  viro  ne  volas  konfesi  ke  la  Kreinto 
komencis  per  la  plej  malbonaj  kreitajoj  kaj  finis  per 
la  plej  bonaj,  li  devas  konkludi  ke  la  angiloj, 
krokodiloj,  sarkoj,  strigoj,  agloj  kaj  paseroj  lin 
superas. 


175 

Se  la  viro  ne  volas  konfesi  la  superecon  de  tiuj- 
ci  bestoj  super  li,  li  devas  konkludi  ke  la  kreadon 
plibonigas  ciun  tagon.  Sed  la  viro  diras  ke  la  virino 
ne  estas  tiel  forta  kiel  li.  Certe  ne  !  Sed  la  cevalo 
estas  pli  forta  ol  la  homo,  la  elefanto  trotante  sur  li 
pulvorigus  lin.  La  cervo  estas  pli  rapid  a  ol  la  homo. 
La  kamelo  portas  sur  sia  dorso  pezon  de  2,500  funtoj. 
La  birdoj  flugas  kaj  la  homo  nur  provas  flugmasinojn. 
Cu  la  viro  estas  pli  inteligenta  ol  la  virino  1  Certe  ne. 
Kiu  mangis  la  pomon1?  Mi  scias  ke  Evo  malobeis 
antau  ol  Adamo,  sed  si  havis  ideon  tamen  kaj  antau  ol 
Adamo.  Cu  li  ec  havis  la  potencon  por  kontraustari  1 
Ne.  Cu  li  ec  penis  defendi  la  virinon  post  la 
ofendado?  Ne,  li  ne  sin  defendis,  la  timemulo.  Li 
sin  turnis  kontrau  sin,  sin  riprocante  esti  la  kaiizo  de 
la  tuta  peko.  Malbona  komenco,  malgaja  okazo  kinn 
la  viro  uzis,  kaj  gis  hodiail  li  turnis  sin  kontrafl  la 
virinon  kiun  li  trompis  kaj  ofte  sin  forlasis.  La  viro 
estas  ankorau  fidela  al  sia  deveno.  Sinjoroj,  la  pruvo 
ke  Dio  estis  kontenta  kreinte  la  virinon  kaj  dirinte 
Sian  lastan  vorton  pri  Sia  laboro  Dia  estas  ke  Li 
konfidis  al  si  la  plej  noolan  mision,  naski  la  estontajn 
generaciojn,  porti  la  infanojn  al  la  mondo,  Konduki 
iliajn  unuajn  pasojn,  disvolvi  iliajn  animojn  kaj  veki 
en  ili  la  amon  al  tio  kio  estas  bona  kaj  gusta. 
Dedicinte  al  la  virino  la  patrinecon,  Dio  proklamis 
la  superecon  de  la  virino  super  la  ceteraj  kreitajoj. 

From  the  "  Courtier  International" 
(Done  into  Esperanto  by  Madame  Louise  Lombard). 


The  Standard  Series 

ESPERANTO 


Esperanto 

Student's  Complete  Text  Book.  Cloth, 
boards,  50c.  net. 

English-Esperanto  Dictionary 

By  J.  C.  O'Connor  and  C.  F.  HAYES. 
Boards,  60c.  net. 

Esperanto-English  Dictionary 

By  A.  MOTTEAU.     Boards,  60c.  net. 

Esperanto  Primer 

Containing  Grammar,  Vocabulary  and 
Exercises,  with  Key,  by  J.  C.  O'CONNOR, 
PH.D.  Paper,  lOc.  net. 

Handy  Pocket  Vocabulary 

English-Esperanto  and  Esperanto-Eng- 
lish, by  J.  C.  O'CONNOR,  B.A.  Paper, 
lOc.  net. 

A  First  Reader  in  Esperanto 

By  E.  A.  LAWRENCE.     Cloth,  25c.  net. 

Le;  sons  in  Esperanto 

Based  on  DR.  ZAMENHOF'S  "EKZERCARO." 
By  GEORGE  W.  BULLEN.  Cloth,  25c.  net. 

Dickens'  Christmas  Carol 

Paper,  40c.  net;  cloth,  60c.  net. 

FLEMING  H.  REVELL  COMPANY 

Publishers 


University  of  California 

SOUTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 

405  Hilgard  Avenue,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90024-1388 

Return  this  material  to  the  library 

from  which  it  was  borrowed. 


REC'D  LD-URl 
APR  1 3 1998 
MAR  1 8 1998 


A     000  121  487     3 


Univ 

Sc 

I 


